2000-12-23 Tom Tromey <tromey@redhat.com>
+ * config.guess, config.sub, texinfo.tex: New versions.
+
* automake.in (handle_dist_worker): Always define DIST_SUBDIRS.
Re-fixes pr87.test.
#! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
+
+timestamp='2000-12-21'
+
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Written by Per Bothner <bothner@cygnus.com>.
-# The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib.
-# Please send patches to the Autoconf mailing list <autoconf@gnu.org>.
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
#
# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
#
# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
-# don't specify an explicit system type (host/target name).
+# don't specify an explicit build system type.
#
# Only a few systems have been added to this list; please add others
# (but try to keep the structure clean).
#
-# Use $HOST_CC if defined. $CC may point to a cross-compiler
-if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then
- if test x"$HOST_CC" != x; then
- CC_FOR_BUILD="$HOST_CC"
- else
- if test x"$CC" != x; then
- CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC"
- else
- CC_FOR_BUILD=cc
- fi
- fi
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+ exit 1 ;;
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+ echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1
fi
+dummy=dummy-$$
+trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script.
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,) echo "int dummy(){}" > $dummy.c
+ for c in cc gcc c89 ; do
+ ($c $dummy.c -c -o $dummy.o) >/dev/null 2>&1
+ if test $? = 0 ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break
+ fi
+ done
+ rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o
+ if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found
+ fi
+ ;;
+ ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac
+
# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.)
if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
-UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
-dummy=dummy-$$
-trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15
-
# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ *:NetBSD:*:*)
+ # Netbsd (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+ # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+ # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
+ # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+ # object file format. This provides both forward
+ # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+ # object file format.
+ # Determine the machine/vendor (is the vendor relevant).
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ amiga) machine=m68k-unknown ;;
+ arm32) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+ atari*) machine=m68k-atari ;;
+ sun3*) machine=m68k-sun ;;
+ mac68k) machine=m68k-apple ;;
+ macppc) machine=powerpc-apple ;;
+ hp3[0-9][05]) machine=m68k-hp ;;
+ ibmrt|romp-ibm) machine=romp-ibm ;;
+ *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown ;;
+ esac
+ # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+ # to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ i386|sparc|amiga|arm*|hp300|mvme68k|vax|atari|luna68k|mac68k|news68k|next68k|pc532|sun3*|x68k)
+ if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
+ then
+ # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+ # Return netbsd for either. FIX?
+ os=netbsd
+ else
+ os=netbsdelf
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=netbsd
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # The OS release
+ release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+ # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+ # contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+ # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+ echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
+ exit 0 ;;
alpha:OSF1:*:*)
if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
cat <<EOF >$dummy.s
+ .data
+\$Lformat:
+ .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n"
+
+ .text
.globl main
+ .align 4
.ent main
main:
- .frame \$30,0,\$26,0
- .prologue 0
- .long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0
- lda \$2,259
- .long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1
- srl \$1,8,\$2
- sll \$2,2,\$2
- sll \$0,3,\$0
- addl \$1,\$0,\$0
- addl \$2,\$0,\$0
- ret \$31,(\$26),1
+ .frame \$30,16,\$26,0
+ ldgp \$29,0(\$27)
+ .prologue 1
+ .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0
+ lda \$2,-1
+ .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1
+ lda \$16,\$Lformat
+ mov \$0,\$17
+ not \$1,\$18
+ jsr \$26,printf
+ ldgp \$29,0(\$26)
+ mov 0,\$16
+ jsr \$26,exit
.end main
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null
if test "$?" = 0 ; then
- ./$dummy
- case "$?" in
- 7)
+ case `./$dummy` in
+ 0-0)
UNAME_MACHINE="alpha"
;;
- 15)
+ 1-0)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5"
;;
- 14)
+ 1-1)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56"
;;
- 10)
+ 1-101)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56"
;;
- 16)
+ 2-303)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6"
;;
+ 2-307)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67"
+ ;;
esac
fi
rm -f $dummy.s $dummy
echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
exit 0 ;;
Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
- echo m68k-cbm-sysv4
+ echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
exit 0;;
- amiga:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo m68k-cbm-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
amiga:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
+ *:OS/390:*:*)
+ echo i370-ibm-openedition
+ exit 0 ;;
arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0;;
- arm32:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo arm-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
- exit 0 ;;
SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
exit 0;;
aushp:SunOS:*:*)
echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- atari*:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
atari*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
# The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
# can be virtually everything (everything which is not
- # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+ # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
# > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
# to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
# the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
*:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- sun3*:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo m68k-sun-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
sun3*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- mac68k:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo m68k-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
powerpc:machten:*:*)
echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- macppc:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo powerpc-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
RISC*:Mach:*:*)
echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
exit 0 ;;
mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
#else
int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
AViiON:dgux:*:*)
# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
- if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 -o $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] ; then
- if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx \
- -o ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] ; then
+ if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
+ then
+ if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+ then
echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- else
+ else
echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ else
+ echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
- else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
exit 0 ;;
M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
fi
echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
exit 0 ;;
+ *:AIX:*:5)
+ case "`lsattr -El proc0 -a type -F value`" in
+ PowerPC*) IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+ IBM_MANUF=ibm ;;
+ Itanium) IBM_ARCH=ia64
+ IBM_MANUF=unknown ;;
+ POWER*) IBM_ARCH=power
+ IBM_MANUF=ibm ;;
+ *) IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+ IBM_MANUF=ibm ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${IBM_ARCH}-${IBM_MANUF}-aix${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
*:AIX:*:*)
echo rs6000-ibm-aix
exit 0 ;;
ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
exit 0 ;;
- ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC NetBSD and
+ ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
*:BOSX:*:*)
echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
exit 0 ;;
9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+ case "${HPUX_REV}" in
+ 11.[0-9][0-9])
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
+ sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+ sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+ case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+ 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+ 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+ 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+ case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+ 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+ 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+ fi ;;
+ esac
+ if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+
+ #define _HPUX_SOURCE
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
exit (0);
}
EOF
- ($CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy`
+ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy`
+ if test -z "$HP_ARCH"; then HP_ARCH=hppa; fi
rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
+ fi ;;
esac
- HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
exit 0 ;;
+ ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#include <unistd.h>
-e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
- echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*T3D:*:*:*)
+ echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
- echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+ echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit 0 ;;
CRAY-2:*:*:*)
echo cray2-cray-unicos
exit 0 ;;
- F300:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
- echo "f300-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit 0 ;;
- F301:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
- echo f301-fujitsu-uxpv`echo $UNAME_RELEASE | sed 's/ .*//'`
- exit 0 ;;
- hp3[0-9][05]:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo m68k-hp-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
hp300:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- i?86:BSD/386:*:* | i?86:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ i?86:BSD/386:*:* | i?86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
*:FreeBSD:*:*)
- if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
- if test "elf" = "`/usr/bin/objformat`"; then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsdelf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*//'`
- exit 0
- fi
- fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
exit 0 ;;
- *:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
- exit 0 ;;
*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
exit 0 ;;
i*:MINGW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
exit 0 ;;
+ i*:PW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
+ exit 0 ;;
i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
*:GNU:*:*)
echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:Minix:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
+ exit 0 ;;
*:Linux:*:*)
- # uname on the ARM produces all sorts of strangeness, and we need to
- # filter it out.
- case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in
- armv*) UNAME_MACHINE=$UNAME_MACHINE ;;
- arm* | sa110*) UNAME_MACHINE="arm" ;;
- esac
# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
# problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
- ld_help_string=`cd /; ld --help 2>&1`
- ld_supported_emulations=`echo $ld_help_string \
+ ld_supported_emulations=`cd /; ld --help 2>&1 \
| sed -ne '/supported emulations:/!d
s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
s/.*supported emulations: *//
s/ .*//
p'`
case "$ld_supported_emulations" in
- *ia64) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux" ; exit 0 ;;
- i?86linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
- i?86coff) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" ; exit 0 ;;
- sparclinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
- armlinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
- m68klinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
+ *ia64)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ i?86linux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ elf_i?86)
+ TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
+ ;;
+ i?86coff)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ sparclinux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ elf32_sparc)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ armlinux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ elf32arm*)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuoldld"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ armelf_linux*)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ m68klinux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
elf32ppc | elf32ppclinux)
# Determine Lib Version
cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
if test "$?" = 0 ; then
LIBC="libc1"
fi
- fi
+ fi
rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
- echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} ; exit 0 ;;
+ echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ shelf_linux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
esac
if test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "alpha" ; then
- sed 's/^ //' <<EOF >$dummy.s
- .globl main
- .ent main
- main:
- .frame \$30,0,\$26,0
- .prologue 0
- .long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0
- lda \$2,259
- .long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1
- srl \$1,8,\$2
- sll \$2,2,\$2
- sll \$0,3,\$0
- addl \$1,\$0,\$0
- addl \$2,\$0,\$0
- ret \$31,(\$26),1
- .end main
+ cat <<EOF >$dummy.s
+ .data
+ \$Lformat:
+ .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n"
+
+ .text
+ .globl main
+ .align 4
+ .ent main
+ main:
+ .frame \$30,16,\$26,0
+ ldgp \$29,0(\$27)
+ .prologue 1
+ .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0
+ lda \$2,-1
+ .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1
+ lda \$16,\$Lformat
+ mov \$0,\$17
+ not \$1,\$18
+ jsr \$26,printf
+ ldgp \$29,0(\$26)
+ mov 0,\$16
+ jsr \$26,exit
+ .end main
EOF
LIBC=""
$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null
if test "$?" = 0 ; then
- ./$dummy
- case "$?" in
- 7)
+ case `./$dummy` in
+ 0-0)
UNAME_MACHINE="alpha"
;;
- 15)
+ 1-0)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5"
;;
- 14)
+ 1-1)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56"
;;
- 10)
+ 1-101)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56"
;;
- 16)
+ 2-303)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6"
;;
+ 2-307)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67"
+ ;;
esac
objdump --private-headers $dummy | \
elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "mips" ; then
cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
#else
int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0
rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
+ elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "s390"; then
+ echo s390-ibm-linux && exit 0
+ elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "x86_64"; then
+ echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu && exit 0
+ elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "parisc" -o "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "hppa"; then
+ # Look for CPU level
+ case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+ PA7*)
+ echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu
+ ;;
+ PA8*)
+ echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu
+ ;;
+ esac
+ exit 0
else
# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld)
# or one that does not give us useful --help.
# GCC wants to distinguish between linux-gnuoldld and linux-gnuaout.
# If ld does not provide *any* "supported emulations:"
# that means it is gnuoldld.
- echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations:"
- test $? != 0 && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0
+ test -z "$ld_supported_emulations" \
+ && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
i?86)
cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
#include <features.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
#else
int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0
rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
+ test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0
fi ;;
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. earlier versions
# are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
exit 0 ;;
i?86:*:4.*:* | i?86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+ UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
fi
exit 0 ;;
i?86:*:5:7*)
- UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
- (/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
- (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
- (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pent.*II' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
- (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i585
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ # Fixed at (any) Pentium or better
+ UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+ if [ ${UNAME_SYSTEM} = "UnixWare" ] ; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sco-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
exit 0 ;;
i?86:*:3.2:*)
if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
fi
exit 0 ;;
+ i?86:*DOS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit 0 ;;
pc:*:*:*)
+ # Left here for compatibility:
# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
exit 0 ;;
M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*)
test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
- 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0)
+ 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0)
OS_REL=''
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- news*:NEWS-OS:*:6*)
+ news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
echo mips-sony-newsos6
exit 0 ;;
R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
*:Rhapsody:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
+ *:Darwin:*:*)
+ echo `uname -p`-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+ if test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "x86pc"; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+ fi
+ echo `uname -p`-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:QNX:*:4*)
+ echo i386-pc-qnx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ NSR-[KW]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+ echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+ echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:Plan9:*:*)
+ # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+ # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+ # operating systems.
+ if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+ else
+ UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i?86:OS/2:*:*)
+ # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+ # is probably installed.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
+ exit 0 ;;
esac
#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
esac
fi
-#echo '(Unable to guess system type)' 1>&2
+cat >&2 <<EOF
+$0: unable to guess system type
+
+The $version version of this script cannot recognize your system type.
+Please download the most up to date version of the config scripts:
+
+ ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/config/
+
+If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
+send the following data and any information you think might be
+pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
+information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess version = $version
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
+UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
+UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
+EOF
exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
#! /bin/sh
-# Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1.
-# Copyright (C) 1991, 92-97, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2000-12-20'
+
# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
+#
# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
-if [ x$1 = x ]
-then
- echo Configuration name missing. 1>&2
- echo "Usage: $0 CPU-MFR-OPSYS" 1>&2
- echo "or $0 ALIAS" 1>&2
- echo where ALIAS is a recognized configuration type. 1>&2
- exit 1
-fi
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-# First pass through any local machine types.
-case $1 in
- *local*)
- echo $1
- exit 0
- ;;
- *)
- ;;
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
+ $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
+ exit 1 ;;
+
+ *local*)
+ # First pass through any local machine types.
+ echo $1
+ exit 0;;
+
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
esac
# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
case $maybe_os in
- linux-gnu*)
+ nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | storm-chaos*)
os=-$maybe_os
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
;;
-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
- -apple)
+ -apple | -axis)
os=
basic_machine=$1
;;
-scout)
;;
-wrs)
- os=vxworks
+ os=-vxworks
basic_machine=$1
;;
-hiux*)
-psos*)
os=-psos
;;
+ -mint | -mint[0-9]*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-atari
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
esac
# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
case $basic_machine in
# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
- tahoe | i860 | ia64 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc | arm \
- | arme[lb] | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \
+ tahoe | i860 | ia64 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc \
+ | arm | arme[lb] | arm[bl]e | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | strongarm | xscale \
+ | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \
| 580 | i960 | h8300 \
+ | x86 | ppcbe | mipsbe | mipsle | shbe | shle \
| hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0w | hppa2.0n \
- | alpha | alphaev[4-7] | alphaev56 | alphapca5[67] \
- | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh | powerpc | powerpcle \
+ | hppa64 \
+ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphapca5[67] \
+ | alphaev6[78] \
+ | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh | sh[34] \
+ | powerpc | powerpcle \
| 1750a | dsp16xx | pdp11 | mips16 | mips64 | mipsel | mips64el \
| mips64orion | mips64orionel | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
| mips64vr5000 | miprs64vr5000el | mcore \
| sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64 | sparcv9 | v850 | c4x \
- | thumb | d10v)
+ | thumb | d10v | d30v | fr30 | avr)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ ;;
+ m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
+ # Motorola 68HC11/12.
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ os=-none
;;
- m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65)
+ m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65 | pj | pjl)
;;
# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
- i[34567]86)
+ i[234567]86 | x86_64)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
;;
# Object if more than one company name word.
;;
# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
# FIXME: clean up the formatting here.
- vax-* | tahoe-* | i[34567]86-* | i860-* | ia64-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
- | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | arm-* | c[123]* \
+ vax-* | tahoe-* | i[234567]86-* | i860-* | ia64-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
+ | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | c[123]* \
+ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armv*-* | strongarm-* | xscale-* \
| mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* \
| power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | h8500-* | i960-* \
| xmp-* | ymp-* \
- | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0w-* | hppa2.0n-* \
- | alpha-* | alphaev[4-7]-* | alphaev56-* | alphapca5[67]-* \
+ | x86-* | ppcbe-* | mipsbe-* | mipsle-* | shbe-* | shle-* \
+ | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0w-* \
+ | hppa2.0n-* | hppa64-* \
+ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphapca5[67]-* \
+ | alphaev6[78]-* \
| we32k-* | cydra-* | ns16k-* | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* \
| clipper-* | orion-* \
| sparclite-* | pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* \
| mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* | mcore-* \
- | f301-* | armv*-* | t3e-* \
+ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | s390-* | sv1-* | t3e-* \
| m88110-* | m680[01234]0-* | m683?2-* | m68360-* | z8k-* | d10v-* \
- | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | c30-* )
+ | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | c30-* | fr30-* \
+ | bs2000-* | tic54x-* | c54x-* | x86_64-*)
;;
# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
os=-sysv
;;
amiga | amiga-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
;;
amigaos | amigados)
- basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
os=-amigaos
;;
amigaunix | amix)
- basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
os=-sysv4
;;
apollo68)
crds | unos)
basic_machine=m68k-crds
;;
+ cris | cris-* | etrax*)
+ basic_machine=cris-axis
+ ;;
da30 | da30-*)
basic_machine=m68k-da30
;;
;;
i370-ibm* | ibm*)
basic_machine=i370-ibm
- os=-mvs
;;
# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
i[34567]86v32)
basic_machine=i386-unknown
os=-mingw32
;;
+ i[34567]86-pw32 | pw32)
+ basic_machine=i586-unknown
+ os=-pw32
+ ;;
iris | iris4d)
basic_machine=mips-sgi
case $os in
miniframe)
basic_machine=m68000-convergent
;;
- *mint | *MiNT)
+ *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
basic_machine=m68k-atari
os=-mint
;;
mips3*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
;;
+ mmix*)
+ basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+ os=-mmixware
+ ;;
monitor)
basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
os=-coff
basic_machine=i386-unknown
os=-msdos
;;
+ mvs)
+ basic_machine=i370-ibm
+ os=-mvs
+ ;;
ncr3000)
basic_machine=i486-ncr
os=-sysv4
os=-netbsd
;;
netwinder)
- basic_machine=armv4l-corel
+ basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
os=-linux
;;
news | news700 | news800 | news900)
basic_machine=i960-intel
os=-mon960
;;
+ nonstopux)
+ basic_machine=mips-compaq
+ os=-nonstopux
+ ;;
np1)
basic_machine=np1-gould
;;
+ nsr-tandem)
+ basic_machine=nsr-tandem
+ ;;
op50n-* | op60c-*)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
os=-proelf
pc532 | pc532-*)
basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
;;
- pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexen)
+ pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen)
basic_machine=i586-pc
;;
- pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86)
+ pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon)
basic_machine=i686-pc
;;
pentiumii | pentium2)
- basic_machine=i786-pc
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
;;
- pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexen-*)
+ pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-*)
basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
- pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-*)
+ pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
pentiumii-* | pentium2-*)
- basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
pn)
basic_machine=pn-gould
;;
- power) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+ power) basic_machine=power-ibm
;;
ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
;;
sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
basic_machine=i386-sun
;;
+ sv1)
+ basic_machine=sv1-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
symmetry)
basic_machine=i386-sequent
os=-dynix
basic_machine=t3e-cray
os=-unicos
;;
+ tic54x | c54x*)
+ basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
tx39)
basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
;;
we32k)
basic_machine=we32k-att
;;
+ sh3 | sh4)
+ basic_machine=sh-unknown
+ ;;
sparc | sparcv9)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
;;
| -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
| -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
| -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
- | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -openstep* | -oskit*)
+ | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
+ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* | -storm-chaos*)
# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
;;
+ -qnx*)
+ case $basic_machine in
+ x86-* | i[34567]86-*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-nto$os
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ -nto*)
+ os=-nto-qnx
+ ;;
-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
| -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \
- | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
+ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
;;
-mac*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
-sunos6*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
;;
+ -opened*)
+ os=-openedition
+ ;;
+ -wince*)
+ os=-wince
+ ;;
-osfrose*)
os=-osfrose
;;
-ns2 )
os=-nextstep2
;;
+ -nsk*)
+ os=-nsk
+ ;;
# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
-sinix5.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
-xenix)
os=-xenix
;;
- -*mint | -*MiNT)
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
os=-mint
;;
-none)
*-acorn)
os=-riscix1.2
;;
- arm*-corel)
+ arm*-rebel)
os=-linux
;;
arm*-semi)
*-masscomp)
os=-rtu
;;
- f301-fujitsu)
+ f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
os=-uxpv
;;
*-rom68k)
-genix*)
vendor=ns
;;
- -mvs*)
+ -mvs* | -opened*)
vendor=ibm
;;
-ptx*)
-mpw* | -macos*)
vendor=apple
;;
- -*mint | -*MiNT)
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
vendor=atari
;;
esac
esac
echo $basic_machine$os
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
#! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
+
+timestamp='2000-12-21'
+
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Written by Per Bothner <bothner@cygnus.com>.
-# The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib.
-# Please send patches to the Autoconf mailing list <autoconf@gnu.org>.
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
#
# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
#
# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
-# don't specify an explicit system type (host/target name).
+# don't specify an explicit build system type.
#
# Only a few systems have been added to this list; please add others
# (but try to keep the structure clean).
#
-# Use $HOST_CC if defined. $CC may point to a cross-compiler
-if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then
- if test x"$HOST_CC" != x; then
- CC_FOR_BUILD="$HOST_CC"
- else
- if test x"$CC" != x; then
- CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC"
- else
- CC_FOR_BUILD=cc
- fi
- fi
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+ exit 1 ;;
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+ echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1
fi
+dummy=dummy-$$
+trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script.
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,) echo "int dummy(){}" > $dummy.c
+ for c in cc gcc c89 ; do
+ ($c $dummy.c -c -o $dummy.o) >/dev/null 2>&1
+ if test $? = 0 ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break
+ fi
+ done
+ rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o
+ if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found
+ fi
+ ;;
+ ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac
+
# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.)
if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
-UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
-dummy=dummy-$$
-trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15
-
# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ *:NetBSD:*:*)
+ # Netbsd (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+ # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+ # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
+ # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+ # object file format. This provides both forward
+ # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+ # object file format.
+ # Determine the machine/vendor (is the vendor relevant).
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ amiga) machine=m68k-unknown ;;
+ arm32) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+ atari*) machine=m68k-atari ;;
+ sun3*) machine=m68k-sun ;;
+ mac68k) machine=m68k-apple ;;
+ macppc) machine=powerpc-apple ;;
+ hp3[0-9][05]) machine=m68k-hp ;;
+ ibmrt|romp-ibm) machine=romp-ibm ;;
+ *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown ;;
+ esac
+ # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+ # to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ i386|sparc|amiga|arm*|hp300|mvme68k|vax|atari|luna68k|mac68k|news68k|next68k|pc532|sun3*|x68k)
+ if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
+ then
+ # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+ # Return netbsd for either. FIX?
+ os=netbsd
+ else
+ os=netbsdelf
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=netbsd
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # The OS release
+ release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+ # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+ # contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+ # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+ echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
+ exit 0 ;;
alpha:OSF1:*:*)
if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
cat <<EOF >$dummy.s
+ .data
+\$Lformat:
+ .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n"
+
+ .text
.globl main
+ .align 4
.ent main
main:
- .frame \$30,0,\$26,0
- .prologue 0
- .long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0
- lda \$2,259
- .long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1
- srl \$1,8,\$2
- sll \$2,2,\$2
- sll \$0,3,\$0
- addl \$1,\$0,\$0
- addl \$2,\$0,\$0
- ret \$31,(\$26),1
+ .frame \$30,16,\$26,0
+ ldgp \$29,0(\$27)
+ .prologue 1
+ .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0
+ lda \$2,-1
+ .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1
+ lda \$16,\$Lformat
+ mov \$0,\$17
+ not \$1,\$18
+ jsr \$26,printf
+ ldgp \$29,0(\$26)
+ mov 0,\$16
+ jsr \$26,exit
.end main
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null
if test "$?" = 0 ; then
- ./$dummy
- case "$?" in
- 7)
+ case `./$dummy` in
+ 0-0)
UNAME_MACHINE="alpha"
;;
- 15)
+ 1-0)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5"
;;
- 14)
+ 1-1)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56"
;;
- 10)
+ 1-101)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56"
;;
- 16)
+ 2-303)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6"
;;
+ 2-307)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67"
+ ;;
esac
fi
rm -f $dummy.s $dummy
echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
exit 0 ;;
Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
- echo m68k-cbm-sysv4
+ echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
exit 0;;
- amiga:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo m68k-cbm-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
amiga:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
+ *:OS/390:*:*)
+ echo i370-ibm-openedition
+ exit 0 ;;
arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0;;
- arm32:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo arm-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
- exit 0 ;;
SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
exit 0;;
aushp:SunOS:*:*)
echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- atari*:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
atari*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
# The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
# can be virtually everything (everything which is not
- # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+ # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
# > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
# to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
# the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
*:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- sun3*:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo m68k-sun-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
sun3*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- mac68k:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo m68k-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
powerpc:machten:*:*)
echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- macppc:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo powerpc-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
RISC*:Mach:*:*)
echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
exit 0 ;;
mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
#else
int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
AViiON:dgux:*:*)
# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
- if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 -o $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] ; then
- if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx \
- -o ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] ; then
+ if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
+ then
+ if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+ then
echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- else
+ else
echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ else
+ echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
- else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
exit 0 ;;
M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
fi
echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
exit 0 ;;
+ *:AIX:*:5)
+ case "`lsattr -El proc0 -a type -F value`" in
+ PowerPC*) IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+ IBM_MANUF=ibm ;;
+ Itanium) IBM_ARCH=ia64
+ IBM_MANUF=unknown ;;
+ POWER*) IBM_ARCH=power
+ IBM_MANUF=ibm ;;
+ *) IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+ IBM_MANUF=ibm ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${IBM_ARCH}-${IBM_MANUF}-aix${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
*:AIX:*:*)
echo rs6000-ibm-aix
exit 0 ;;
ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
exit 0 ;;
- ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC NetBSD and
+ ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
*:BOSX:*:*)
echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
exit 0 ;;
9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+ case "${HPUX_REV}" in
+ 11.[0-9][0-9])
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
+ sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+ sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+ case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+ 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+ 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+ 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+ case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+ 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+ 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+ fi ;;
+ esac
+ if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+
+ #define _HPUX_SOURCE
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
exit (0);
}
EOF
- ($CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy`
+ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy`
+ if test -z "$HP_ARCH"; then HP_ARCH=hppa; fi
rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
+ fi ;;
esac
- HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
exit 0 ;;
+ ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#include <unistd.h>
-e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
- echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*T3D:*:*:*)
+ echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
- echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+ echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit 0 ;;
CRAY-2:*:*:*)
echo cray2-cray-unicos
exit 0 ;;
- F300:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
- echo "f300-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit 0 ;;
- F301:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
- echo f301-fujitsu-uxpv`echo $UNAME_RELEASE | sed 's/ .*//'`
- exit 0 ;;
- hp3[0-9][05]:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo m68k-hp-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit 0 ;;
hp300:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- i?86:BSD/386:*:* | i?86:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ i?86:BSD/386:*:* | i?86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
*:FreeBSD:*:*)
- if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
- if test "elf" = "`/usr/bin/objformat`"; then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsdelf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*//'`
- exit 0
- fi
- fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
exit 0 ;;
- *:NetBSD:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
- exit 0 ;;
*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
exit 0 ;;
i*:MINGW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
exit 0 ;;
+ i*:PW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
+ exit 0 ;;
i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
*:GNU:*:*)
echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:Minix:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
+ exit 0 ;;
*:Linux:*:*)
- # uname on the ARM produces all sorts of strangeness, and we need to
- # filter it out.
- case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in
- armv*) UNAME_MACHINE=$UNAME_MACHINE ;;
- arm* | sa110*) UNAME_MACHINE="arm" ;;
- esac
# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
# problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
- ld_help_string=`cd /; ld --help 2>&1`
- ld_supported_emulations=`echo $ld_help_string \
+ ld_supported_emulations=`cd /; ld --help 2>&1 \
| sed -ne '/supported emulations:/!d
s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
s/.*supported emulations: *//
s/ .*//
p'`
case "$ld_supported_emulations" in
- *ia64) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux" ; exit 0 ;;
- i?86linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
- i?86coff) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" ; exit 0 ;;
- sparclinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
- armlinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
- m68klinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
+ *ia64)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ i?86linux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ elf_i?86)
+ TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
+ ;;
+ i?86coff)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ sparclinux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ elf32_sparc)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ armlinux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ elf32arm*)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuoldld"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ armelf_linux*)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ m68klinux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
elf32ppc | elf32ppclinux)
# Determine Lib Version
cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
if test "$?" = 0 ; then
LIBC="libc1"
fi
- fi
+ fi
rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
- echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} ; exit 0 ;;
+ echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ shelf_linux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
esac
if test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "alpha" ; then
- sed 's/^ //' <<EOF >$dummy.s
- .globl main
- .ent main
- main:
- .frame \$30,0,\$26,0
- .prologue 0
- .long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0
- lda \$2,259
- .long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1
- srl \$1,8,\$2
- sll \$2,2,\$2
- sll \$0,3,\$0
- addl \$1,\$0,\$0
- addl \$2,\$0,\$0
- ret \$31,(\$26),1
- .end main
+ cat <<EOF >$dummy.s
+ .data
+ \$Lformat:
+ .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n"
+
+ .text
+ .globl main
+ .align 4
+ .ent main
+ main:
+ .frame \$30,16,\$26,0
+ ldgp \$29,0(\$27)
+ .prologue 1
+ .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0
+ lda \$2,-1
+ .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1
+ lda \$16,\$Lformat
+ mov \$0,\$17
+ not \$1,\$18
+ jsr \$26,printf
+ ldgp \$29,0(\$26)
+ mov 0,\$16
+ jsr \$26,exit
+ .end main
EOF
LIBC=""
$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null
if test "$?" = 0 ; then
- ./$dummy
- case "$?" in
- 7)
+ case `./$dummy` in
+ 0-0)
UNAME_MACHINE="alpha"
;;
- 15)
+ 1-0)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5"
;;
- 14)
+ 1-1)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56"
;;
- 10)
+ 1-101)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56"
;;
- 16)
+ 2-303)
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6"
;;
+ 2-307)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67"
+ ;;
esac
objdump --private-headers $dummy | \
elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "mips" ; then
cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
#else
int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0
rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
+ elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "s390"; then
+ echo s390-ibm-linux && exit 0
+ elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "x86_64"; then
+ echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu && exit 0
+ elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "parisc" -o "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "hppa"; then
+ # Look for CPU level
+ case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+ PA7*)
+ echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu
+ ;;
+ PA8*)
+ echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu
+ ;;
+ esac
+ exit 0
else
# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld)
# or one that does not give us useful --help.
# GCC wants to distinguish between linux-gnuoldld and linux-gnuaout.
# If ld does not provide *any* "supported emulations:"
# that means it is gnuoldld.
- echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations:"
- test $? != 0 && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0
+ test -z "$ld_supported_emulations" \
+ && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
i?86)
cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
#include <features.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
#else
int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0
rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
+ test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0
fi ;;
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. earlier versions
# are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
exit 0 ;;
i?86:*:4.*:* | i?86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+ UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
fi
exit 0 ;;
i?86:*:5:7*)
- UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
- (/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
- (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
- (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pent.*II' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
- (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i585
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ # Fixed at (any) Pentium or better
+ UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+ if [ ${UNAME_SYSTEM} = "UnixWare" ] ; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sco-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
exit 0 ;;
i?86:*:3.2:*)
if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
fi
exit 0 ;;
+ i?86:*DOS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit 0 ;;
pc:*:*:*)
+ # Left here for compatibility:
# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
exit 0 ;;
M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*)
test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
- 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0)
+ 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0)
OS_REL=''
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
- news*:NEWS-OS:*:6*)
+ news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
echo mips-sony-newsos6
exit 0 ;;
R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
*:Rhapsody:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
+ *:Darwin:*:*)
+ echo `uname -p`-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+ if test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "x86pc"; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+ fi
+ echo `uname -p`-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:QNX:*:4*)
+ echo i386-pc-qnx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ NSR-[KW]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+ echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+ echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:Plan9:*:*)
+ # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+ # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+ # operating systems.
+ if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+ else
+ UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i?86:OS/2:*:*)
+ # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+ # is probably installed.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
+ exit 0 ;;
esac
#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
esac
fi
-#echo '(Unable to guess system type)' 1>&2
+cat >&2 <<EOF
+$0: unable to guess system type
+
+The $version version of this script cannot recognize your system type.
+Please download the most up to date version of the config scripts:
+
+ ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/config/
+
+If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
+send the following data and any information you think might be
+pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
+information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess version = $version
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
+UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
+UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
+EOF
exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
#! /bin/sh
-# Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1.
-# Copyright (C) 1991, 92-97, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2000-12-20'
+
# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
+#
# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
-if [ x$1 = x ]
-then
- echo Configuration name missing. 1>&2
- echo "Usage: $0 CPU-MFR-OPSYS" 1>&2
- echo "or $0 ALIAS" 1>&2
- echo where ALIAS is a recognized configuration type. 1>&2
- exit 1
-fi
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-# First pass through any local machine types.
-case $1 in
- *local*)
- echo $1
- exit 0
- ;;
- *)
- ;;
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
+ $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
+ exit 1 ;;
+
+ *local*)
+ # First pass through any local machine types.
+ echo $1
+ exit 0;;
+
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
esac
# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
case $maybe_os in
- linux-gnu*)
+ nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | storm-chaos*)
os=-$maybe_os
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
;;
-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
- -apple)
+ -apple | -axis)
os=
basic_machine=$1
;;
-scout)
;;
-wrs)
- os=vxworks
+ os=-vxworks
basic_machine=$1
;;
-hiux*)
-psos*)
os=-psos
;;
+ -mint | -mint[0-9]*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-atari
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
esac
# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
case $basic_machine in
# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
- tahoe | i860 | ia64 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc | arm \
- | arme[lb] | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \
+ tahoe | i860 | ia64 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc \
+ | arm | arme[lb] | arm[bl]e | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | strongarm | xscale \
+ | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \
| 580 | i960 | h8300 \
+ | x86 | ppcbe | mipsbe | mipsle | shbe | shle \
| hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0w | hppa2.0n \
- | alpha | alphaev[4-7] | alphaev56 | alphapca5[67] \
- | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh | powerpc | powerpcle \
+ | hppa64 \
+ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphapca5[67] \
+ | alphaev6[78] \
+ | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh | sh[34] \
+ | powerpc | powerpcle \
| 1750a | dsp16xx | pdp11 | mips16 | mips64 | mipsel | mips64el \
| mips64orion | mips64orionel | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
| mips64vr5000 | miprs64vr5000el | mcore \
| sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64 | sparcv9 | v850 | c4x \
- | thumb | d10v)
+ | thumb | d10v | d30v | fr30 | avr)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ ;;
+ m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
+ # Motorola 68HC11/12.
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ os=-none
;;
- m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65)
+ m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65 | pj | pjl)
;;
# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
- i[34567]86)
+ i[234567]86 | x86_64)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
;;
# Object if more than one company name word.
;;
# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
# FIXME: clean up the formatting here.
- vax-* | tahoe-* | i[34567]86-* | i860-* | ia64-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
- | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | arm-* | c[123]* \
+ vax-* | tahoe-* | i[234567]86-* | i860-* | ia64-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
+ | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | c[123]* \
+ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armv*-* | strongarm-* | xscale-* \
| mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* \
| power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | h8500-* | i960-* \
| xmp-* | ymp-* \
- | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0w-* | hppa2.0n-* \
- | alpha-* | alphaev[4-7]-* | alphaev56-* | alphapca5[67]-* \
+ | x86-* | ppcbe-* | mipsbe-* | mipsle-* | shbe-* | shle-* \
+ | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0w-* \
+ | hppa2.0n-* | hppa64-* \
+ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphapca5[67]-* \
+ | alphaev6[78]-* \
| we32k-* | cydra-* | ns16k-* | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* \
| clipper-* | orion-* \
| sparclite-* | pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* \
| mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* | mcore-* \
- | f301-* | armv*-* | t3e-* \
+ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | s390-* | sv1-* | t3e-* \
| m88110-* | m680[01234]0-* | m683?2-* | m68360-* | z8k-* | d10v-* \
- | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | c30-* )
+ | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | c30-* | fr30-* \
+ | bs2000-* | tic54x-* | c54x-* | x86_64-*)
;;
# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
os=-sysv
;;
amiga | amiga-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
;;
amigaos | amigados)
- basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
os=-amigaos
;;
amigaunix | amix)
- basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
os=-sysv4
;;
apollo68)
crds | unos)
basic_machine=m68k-crds
;;
+ cris | cris-* | etrax*)
+ basic_machine=cris-axis
+ ;;
da30 | da30-*)
basic_machine=m68k-da30
;;
;;
i370-ibm* | ibm*)
basic_machine=i370-ibm
- os=-mvs
;;
# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
i[34567]86v32)
basic_machine=i386-unknown
os=-mingw32
;;
+ i[34567]86-pw32 | pw32)
+ basic_machine=i586-unknown
+ os=-pw32
+ ;;
iris | iris4d)
basic_machine=mips-sgi
case $os in
miniframe)
basic_machine=m68000-convergent
;;
- *mint | *MiNT)
+ *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
basic_machine=m68k-atari
os=-mint
;;
mips3*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
;;
+ mmix*)
+ basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+ os=-mmixware
+ ;;
monitor)
basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
os=-coff
basic_machine=i386-unknown
os=-msdos
;;
+ mvs)
+ basic_machine=i370-ibm
+ os=-mvs
+ ;;
ncr3000)
basic_machine=i486-ncr
os=-sysv4
os=-netbsd
;;
netwinder)
- basic_machine=armv4l-corel
+ basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
os=-linux
;;
news | news700 | news800 | news900)
basic_machine=i960-intel
os=-mon960
;;
+ nonstopux)
+ basic_machine=mips-compaq
+ os=-nonstopux
+ ;;
np1)
basic_machine=np1-gould
;;
+ nsr-tandem)
+ basic_machine=nsr-tandem
+ ;;
op50n-* | op60c-*)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
os=-proelf
pc532 | pc532-*)
basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
;;
- pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexen)
+ pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen)
basic_machine=i586-pc
;;
- pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86)
+ pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon)
basic_machine=i686-pc
;;
pentiumii | pentium2)
- basic_machine=i786-pc
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
;;
- pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexen-*)
+ pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-*)
basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
- pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-*)
+ pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
pentiumii-* | pentium2-*)
- basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
pn)
basic_machine=pn-gould
;;
- power) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+ power) basic_machine=power-ibm
;;
ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
;;
sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
basic_machine=i386-sun
;;
+ sv1)
+ basic_machine=sv1-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
symmetry)
basic_machine=i386-sequent
os=-dynix
basic_machine=t3e-cray
os=-unicos
;;
+ tic54x | c54x*)
+ basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
tx39)
basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
;;
we32k)
basic_machine=we32k-att
;;
+ sh3 | sh4)
+ basic_machine=sh-unknown
+ ;;
sparc | sparcv9)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
;;
| -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
| -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
| -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
- | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -openstep* | -oskit*)
+ | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
+ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* | -storm-chaos*)
# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
;;
+ -qnx*)
+ case $basic_machine in
+ x86-* | i[34567]86-*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-nto$os
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ -nto*)
+ os=-nto-qnx
+ ;;
-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
| -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \
- | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
+ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
;;
-mac*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
-sunos6*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
;;
+ -opened*)
+ os=-openedition
+ ;;
+ -wince*)
+ os=-wince
+ ;;
-osfrose*)
os=-osfrose
;;
-ns2 )
os=-nextstep2
;;
+ -nsk*)
+ os=-nsk
+ ;;
# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
-sinix5.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
-xenix)
os=-xenix
;;
- -*mint | -*MiNT)
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
os=-mint
;;
-none)
*-acorn)
os=-riscix1.2
;;
- arm*-corel)
+ arm*-rebel)
os=-linux
;;
arm*-semi)
*-masscomp)
os=-rtu
;;
- f301-fujitsu)
+ f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
os=-uxpv
;;
*-rom68k)
-genix*)
vendor=ns
;;
- -mvs*)
+ -mvs* | -opened*)
vendor=ibm
;;
-ptx*)
-mpw* | -macos*)
vendor=apple
;;
- -*mint | -*MiNT)
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
vendor=atari
;;
esac
esac
echo $basic_machine$os
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
-\def\texinfoversion{1999-01-05}%
+\def\texinfoversion{2000-12-12.07}
%
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
%
% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/texinfo.tex
-% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
+% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex
% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
-% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-% ftp://ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
-% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@ctan.org for a list).
-% The texinfo.tex in the texinfo distribution itself could well be out
+% ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+% ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@us.ctan.org for a list).
+% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
+% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.
-% Please include a precise test case in each bug report,
-% including a complete document with which we can reproduce the problem.
-%
+% Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For simple
-% manuals, however, you can get away with:
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
% tex foo.texi
% texindex foo.??
% tex foo.texi
% tex foo.texi
-% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file.
+% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps.
% The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct.
% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages. You can get
+% the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/.
\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
-
\let\ptexb=\b
\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
\let\ptexc=\c
% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
\let\+ = \relax
-
\message{Basics,}
\chardef\other=12
\newlinechar = `^^J
% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined \gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi
% Ignore a token.
%
% For @cropmarks command.
% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
-%
+%
\newif\ifcropmarks
\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
%
\normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
% the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
\shipout\vbox{%
+ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
+ %
\ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
\hsize = \outerhsize
\vskip-\topandbottommargin
%}}
\def\needx#1{%
- % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+ % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
% paragraph.
\par
%
- % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page
- % break, since the best break might be right here.
- \allowbreak
- \nointerlineskip
- \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}%
- %
- % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
- % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
- % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
- % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
- % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
- %
- % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
- % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
- % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
- % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
- % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
- % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
- % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
- \penalty9999
- %
- % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
- \kern -#1\mil
- %
- % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
- \nobreak
+ % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+ \dimen0 = #1\mil
+ \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+ \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+ \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+ %
+ % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
+ % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
+ % And a page break here is fine.
+ \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
+ %
+ % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+ % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
+ % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+ % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+ % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
+ %
+ % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+ % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+ % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+ % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+ % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
+ % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+ % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+ \penalty9999
+ %
+ % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+ \kern -#1\mil
+ %
+ % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
}
% @br forces paragraph break
}
% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
+%
\def\enddots{%
\leavevmode
\hbox to 2em{%
\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph.
-
-\def\inmargin#1{%
-\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth
- \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss
- \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}}
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-
-%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+ \nobreak
+ \kern-\strutdepth
+ \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+ \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+ \vss
+ % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+ % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+ \ifx#1l%
+ \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+ \else
+ \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+ \fi
+ \null
+ }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
+ \def\righttext{#2}%
+ \else
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
+ \def\righttext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno
+ \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+}
% @include file insert text of that file as input.
% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
\let\c=\comment
-% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only.
-\let\paragraphindent=\comment
-
-% Prevent errors for section commands.
-% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
-\def\ignoresections{%
-\let\chapter=\relax
-\let\unnumbered=\relax
-\let\top=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\section=\relax
-\let\subsec=\relax
-\let\subsubsec=\relax
-\let\subsection=\relax
-\let\subsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendix=\relax
-\let\appendixsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\contents=\relax
-\let\smallbook=\relax
-\let\titlepage=\relax
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent}
+\def\doparagraphindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \defaultparindent = 0pt
+ \else
+ \defaultparindent = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
}
-% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
-% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
-% incorrectly.
-%
-\def\ignoremorecommands{%
- \let\defcodeindex = \relax
- \let\defcv = \relax
- \let\deffn = \relax
- \let\deffnx = \relax
- \let\defindex = \relax
- \let\defivar = \relax
- \let\defmac = \relax
- \let\defmethod = \relax
- \let\defop = \relax
- \let\defopt = \relax
- \let\defspec = \relax
- \let\deftp = \relax
- \let\deftypefn = \relax
- \let\deftypefun = \relax
- \let\deftypevar = \relax
- \let\deftypevr = \relax
- \let\defun = \relax
- \let\defvar = \relax
- \let\defvr = \relax
- \let\ref = \relax
- \let\xref = \relax
- \let\printindex = \relax
- \let\pxref = \relax
- \let\settitle = \relax
- \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
- \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
- \let\everyheading = \relax
- \let\evenheading = \relax
- \let\oddheading = \relax
- \let\everyfooting = \relax
- \let\evenfooting = \relax
- \let\oddfooting = \relax
- \let\headings = \relax
- \let\include = \relax
- \let\lowersections = \relax
- \let\down = \relax
- \let\raisesections = \relax
- \let\up = \relax
- \let\set = \relax
- \let\clear = \relax
- \let\item = \relax
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent}
+\def\doexampleindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+ \else
+ \lispnarrowing = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
}
-% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
+% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
%
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\asis#1{#1}
-% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
+% @math means output in math mode.
+% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
+% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then,
+% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
+% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a
+% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
%
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
+% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
+%
+\let\implicitmath = $
+\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory = \comment
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
+\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
%
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
- \ignoresections
- %
- % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
- % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
- % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match.
- \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
- %
- % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
- \catcode32 = 10
- %
- % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
- \catcode`\{ = 9
- \catcode`\} = 9
- %
- % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
- \catcode`\@ = 12
- %
- % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
- % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
- % @c @end ifinfo
- % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
- % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
- \catcode`\c = 14
- %
- % And now expand that command.
- \doignoretext
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+ \iflinks
+ \readauxfile
+ \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+ \openindices
+ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+ \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+ %
+ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+ % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
+ \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
+ \closein1
+ \temp
+ %
+ \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
}
-% What we do to finish off ignored text.
+% Called from \setfilename.
%
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+\def\openindices{%
+ \newindex{cp}%
+ \newcodeindex{fn}%
+ \newcodeindex{vr}%
+ \newcodeindex{tp}%
+ \newcodeindex{ky}%
+ \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
-\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
-\def\obstexwarn{%
- \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
- % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
- % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
- \immediate\write16{}
- \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
- \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
- \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
- \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
- \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
- \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
- \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
- \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
- \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.}
- \immediate\write16{}
- \global\warnedobstrue
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+ \pdffalse
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\linkcolor = \relax
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\else
+ \pdftrue
+ \pdfoutput = 1
+ \input pdfcolor
+ \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\imagewidth{#2}%
+ \def\imageheight{#3}%
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \pdfimage
+ \else
+ \pdfximage
\fi
-}
-
-% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a
-% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
-% uncomment the following line:
-%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
-
-% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
-% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
-%
-\def\nestedignore#1{%
- \obstexwarn
- % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
- % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the
- % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize
- % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
- % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
- %
- \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
- \ignoresections
- %
- % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
- % @end command again.
- \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
- %
- % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no
- % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
- % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
- % undefine them.
- %
- % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
- % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
- \ignoremorecommands
- %
- % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
- % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use
- % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
- % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still
- % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
- % stuff compared to the main input.
- %
- \nullfont
- \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont
- \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont
- \let\tensf = \nullfont
- % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in
- % smallexample)
- \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont
- \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont
- \let\indsf = \nullfont
- %
- % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
- \tracinglostchars = 0
- %
- % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
- \frenchspacing
- %
- % Don't report underfull hboxes.
- \hbadness = 10000
- %
- % Do minimal line-breaking.
- \pretolerance = 10000
- %
- % Do not execute instructions in @tex
- \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
- % Do not execute macro definitions.
- % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
- \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
-}
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
-% losing inside @example, for instance.
-%
-\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
- \parsearg\setxxx}
-\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
- \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
- \fi
- \endgroup
-}
-% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
-% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
-% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
-\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
-\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-%
-{
- \catcode`\_ = \active
- %
- % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
- % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any
- % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
- \gdef\value{\begingroup
- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12
- \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
- \valuexxx}
-}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones
-% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
-% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result
-% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value
-% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail
-% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a
-% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- {[No value for ``#1'']}%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
-\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifsetfail
- \else
- \expandafter\ifsetsucceed
- \fi
-}
-\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
-\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
-\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifclearsucceed
- \else
- \expandafter\ifclearfail
- \fi
-}
-\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text
-% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex'
-% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
-%
-\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
-\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
-\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
-\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
-
-% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
-% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
-% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must
-% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't
-% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
-% the @ifset might be nested.)
-%
-\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
- \edef\temp{%
- % Remember the current value of \E#1.
- \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
- %
- % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
- \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
- }%
- \temp
-}
-
-% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
-% control sequences after we've constructed them.
-%
-\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math means output in math mode.
-% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
-% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then,
-% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
-% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a
-% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
-%
-% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
-% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
-%
-\let\implicitmath = $
-\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
-
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
-\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
- \iflinks
- \readauxfile
- \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
- \openindices
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
- %
- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
- % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
- \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
- \closein1
- \temp
- %
- \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
- \newindex{cp}%
- \newcodeindex{fn}%
- \newcodeindex{vr}%
- \newcodeindex{tp}%
- \newcodeindex{ky}%
- \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+ \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+ {#1.pdf}%
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+ \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+ \fi}
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1@} xyz}
+ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@}
+ \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
+ \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+ % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+ % come from Petr Olsak
+ \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+ \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+ \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+ \advance\tempnum by1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1\else\bgroup
+ \closein 1
+ \indexnofonts
+ \def\tt{}
+ \let\_ = \normalunderscore
+ % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
+ \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
+ \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
+ %
+ \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{}
+ \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{}
+ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}}
+ \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
+ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}}
+ \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
+ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}}
+ \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}}
+ \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}}
+ \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}}
+ \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}}
+ \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \egroup\fi
+ }}
+ \def\makelinks #1,{%
+ \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
+ \ifx\params\E
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
+ \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
+ \picknum{#1}%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
+ \linkcolor #1%
+ \advance\lnkcount by 1%
+ \endlink
+ \fi
+ \nextmakelinks
+ }
+ \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
+ \def\pn#1{%
+ \def\p{#1}%
+ \ifx\p\lbrace
+ \let\nextpn=\ppn
+ \else
+ \let\nextpn=\ppnn
+ \def\first{#1}
+ \fi
+ \nextpn
+ }
+ \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
+ \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
+ \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+ \else
+ \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
+ \leavevmode\Red
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+ % #1
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}}
+ \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+ \def\mkpgn#1{#1@}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
\message{fonts,}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
-% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt).
-% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic,
-% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that.
-% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they
-% aren't very useful.
-\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\ninettsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\indit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\indsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\let\indtt=\ninett
-\let\indttsl=\ninettsl
-\let\indsf=\indrm
-\let\indbf=\indrm
-\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\font\indi=cmmi9
-\font\indsy=cmsy9
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
% Fonts for title page:
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
\let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
\resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
-\def\indexfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl
- \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc
- \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}}
+\def\smallfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
+ \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}}
% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
%
}
\let\ttfont=\t
\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\font\keysy=cmsy9
+\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
\vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
\hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
\let\env=\code
\let\command=\code
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional second argument
-% specifying the text to display. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-% Perhaps eventually put in a hypertex \special here.
-%
-\def\uref#1{\urefxxx #1,,\finish}
-\def\urefxxx#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})%
+ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
\else
- \code{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \ifpdf
+ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ \else
+ \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+ \fi
\fi
-}
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
-% rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref.
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\let\email=\uref
-
+\ifpdf
+ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+ \endlink
+ \endgroup}
+\else
+ \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
+%
\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
\let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
\global\let\shortcontents = \relax
\fi
%
+ \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+ %
\HEADINGSon
}
}
% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
-\def\today{\number\day\space
-\ifcase\month\or
-January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-\space\number\year}
-
-% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output.
-%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
-%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-%\space\number\day, \number\year}
-
-% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings
-% It generates no output of its own
-
-\def\thistitle{No Title}
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+ \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+ \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+ \fi
+ \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
\itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
\else
% The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
- % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+ % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
\noindent
% Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
% the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
\multitablelinespace=0pt
% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
+%
\let\endsetuptable\relax
\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
\let\columnfractions\relax
\go
}
-% multitable syntax
-\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96
- % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is
- % maintained, even if it is never used.
+% This used to have \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template line is
+% not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until we
+% encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
+% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+\def\tab{&}
% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
%
% In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
% we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
% the first one.
- %
+ %
% If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
% to the width of each template entry.
- %
+ %
% If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
% use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
% will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
% left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
- %
+ %
% Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
\rightskip=0pt
\ifnum\colcount=1
\noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
}
-\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
-% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
-% current baselineskip.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
-%% to keep lines equally spaced
-\let\multistrut = \strut
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\else
-\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
-width0pt\relax} \fi
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
+\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
+% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
+% current baselineskip.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
+%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
+%% to keep lines equally spaced
+\let\multistrut = \strut
+\else
+%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
+\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
+width0pt\relax} \fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+% Prevent errors for section commands.
+% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
+\def\ignoresections{%
+ \let\chapter=\relax
+ \let\unnumbered=\relax
+ \let\top=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
+ \let\section=\relax
+ \let\subsec=\relax
+ \let\subsubsec=\relax
+ \let\subsection=\relax
+ \let\subsubsection=\relax
+ \let\appendix=\relax
+ \let\appendixsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
+ \let\contents=\relax
+ \let\smallbook=\relax
+ \let\titlepage=\relax
+}
+
+% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
+% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
+% incorrectly.
+%
+\def\ignoremorecommands{%
+ \let\defcodeindex = \relax
+ \let\defcv = \relax
+ \let\deffn = \relax
+ \let\deffnx = \relax
+ \let\defindex = \relax
+ \let\defivar = \relax
+ \let\defmac = \relax
+ \let\defmethod = \relax
+ \let\defop = \relax
+ \let\defopt = \relax
+ \let\defspec = \relax
+ \let\deftp = \relax
+ \let\deftypefn = \relax
+ \let\deftypefun = \relax
+ \let\deftypeivar = \relax
+ \let\deftypeop = \relax
+ \let\deftypevar = \relax
+ \let\deftypevr = \relax
+ \let\defun = \relax
+ \let\defvar = \relax
+ \let\defvr = \relax
+ \let\ref = \relax
+ \let\xref = \relax
+ \let\printindex = \relax
+ \let\pxref = \relax
+ \let\settitle = \relax
+ \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
+ \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
+ \let\everyheading = \relax
+ \let\evenheading = \relax
+ \let\oddheading = \relax
+ \let\everyfooting = \relax
+ \let\evenfooting = \relax
+ \let\oddfooting = \relax
+ \let\headings = \relax
+ \let\include = \relax
+ \let\lowersections = \relax
+ \let\down = \relax
+ \let\raisesections = \relax
+ \let\up = \relax
+ \let\set = \relax
+ \let\clear = \relax
+ \let\item = \relax
+}
+
+% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
+%
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+
+% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
+%
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory = \comment
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
+%
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+ % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+ \ignoresections
+ %
+ % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
+ % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
+ % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match.
+ \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
+ %
+ % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+ \catcode32 = 10
+ %
+ % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
+ \catcode`\{ = 9
+ \catcode`\} = 9
+ %
+ % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
+ \catcode`\@ = 12
+ %
+ % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
+ % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
+ % @c @end ifinfo
+ % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
+ % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
+ \catcode`\c = 14
+ %
+ % And now expand that command.
+ \doignoretext
+}
+
+% What we do to finish off ignored text.
+%
+\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+
+\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
+\def\obstexwarn{%
+ \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
+ % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
+ % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
+ \immediate\write16{}
+ \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
+ \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
+ \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
+ \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
+ \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
+ \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.}
+ \immediate\write16{}
+ \global\warnedobstrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a
+% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
+% uncomment the following line:
+%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
+
+% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
+% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
+%
+\def\nestedignore#1{%
+ \obstexwarn
+ % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
+ % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the
+ % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize
+ % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
+ % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
+ %
+ \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
+ % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+ \ignoresections
+ %
+ % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
+ % @end command again.
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
+ %
+ % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no
+ % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
+ % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
+ % undefine them.
+ %
+ % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
+ % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
+ \ignoremorecommands
+ %
+ % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
+ % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use
+ % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
+ % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still
+ % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
+ % stuff compared to the main input.
+ %
+ \nullfont
+ \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont
+ \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont
+ \let\tensf=\nullfont
+ % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample).
+ \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont
+ \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont
+ \let\smallsf=\nullfont
+ %
+ % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
+ \tracinglostchars = 0
+ %
+ % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
+ \frenchspacing
+ %
+ % Don't report underfull hboxes.
+ \hbadness = 10000
+ %
+ % Do minimal line-breaking.
+ \pretolerance = 10000
+ %
+ % Do not execute instructions in @tex
+ \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
+ % Do not execute macro definitions.
+ % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
+ \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
+}
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
+% losing inside @example, for instance.
+%
+\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
+ \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
+ \parsearg\setxxx}
+\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
+ \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
+% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
+% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
+\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
+\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ %
+ % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
+ % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any
+ % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
+ \gdef\value{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12
+ \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
+ \valuexxx}
+}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones
+% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
+% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result
+% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value
+% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail
+% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a
+% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
+\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifsetfail
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifsetsucceed
+ \fi
+}
+\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
+\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
+\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifclearsucceed
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifclearfail
+ \fi
+}
+\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text
+% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex'
+% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
+%
+\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
+\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
+\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
+\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
+
+% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
+% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
+% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must
+% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't
+% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
+% the @ifset might be nested.)
+%
+\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
+ \edef\temp{%
+ % Remember the current value of \E#1.
+ \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
+ %
+ % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
+ \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
+ }%
+ \temp
+}
+
+% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
+% control sequences after we've constructed them.
+%
+\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
\message{indexing,}
}
% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
-
+%
\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
\def\newcodeindex#1{%
\iflinks
\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
\fi
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}
+ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
}
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
- \noexpand\doindex{#2}}%
-}
-
+%
% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
% inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}%
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+ % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+ % closing the target index.
+ \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+ % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+ % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+ \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+ \fi
+ % redefine \fooindfile:
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+ % redefine \fooindex:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
}
% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char.
% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
-% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
\let\{ = \mylbrace
\let\} = \myrbrace
\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
\let\value = \expandablevalue
%
\unsepspaces
+% Turn off macro expansion
+\turnoffmacros
}
% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
\let\url=\indexdummyfont
\let\uref=\indexdummyfont
\let\env=\indexdummyfont
+\let\acronym=\indexdummyfont
\let\command=\indexdummyfont
\let\option=\indexdummyfont
\let\file=\indexdummyfont
\def\emptymacro{\empty}
% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-%
+%
\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty}
% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception
% is with defuns, which call us directly.
-%
+%
\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
% Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
\ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
\def\subentry{ #3}%
\fi
%
- % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off
- % to get the string to sort by.
+ % First process the index entry with all font commands turned
+ % off to get the string to sort by.
{\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}%
%
- % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the
- % original text, including any font commands.
+ % Now the real index entry with the fonts.
\toks0 = {#2}%
+ %
+ % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
+ % string. And include a space.
+ \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key
+ % and the original text, including any font commands. We write
+ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file, texindex reduces to
+ % two when writing the .??s sorted result.
\edef\temp{%
\write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
\realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
}%
%
- % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index string.
- \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
- \toks0 = {#3}%
- \edef\temp{\temp{\the\toks0}}%
- \fi
- %
% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
% the previous defun.
- %
+ %
% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
- %
+ %
% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
- %
+ %
\iflinks
\ifvmode
\skip0 = \lastskip
%
\temp % do the write
%
- %
+ %
\ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
\fi
}%
\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
\dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
%
- \indexfonts \rm
+ \smallfonts \rm
\tolerance = 9500
\indexbreaks
%
% and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
% index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
% there is some text.
- (Index is nonexistent)
+ \putwordIndexNonexistent
\else
%
% If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
% it can discover if there is anything in it.
\read 1 to \temp
\ifeof 1
- (Index is empty)
+ \putwordIndexIsEmpty
\else
% Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
% character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
%
% Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
\removelastskip
- %
+ %
% We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
\penalty -300
%
% baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
% to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
% we need before each entry, but it's better.
- %
+ %
% No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
\vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
\leftline{\secbf #1}%
% The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
% part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
% \hbox ensues.
- \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \fi
\fi%
\par
\endgroup}
\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
% Grab any single-column material above us.
- \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
- %
+ \output = {%
+ %
% Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
% whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
% routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
% essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
- % that case, we must prevent the second \partialpage from
- % simply overwriting the first, causing us to lose the page.
- % This will preserve it until a real output routine can ship it
- % out. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this runs and
- % this will be a no-op.
- \unvbox\partialpage
+ % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+ % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+ % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
+ \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+ \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+ \fi
%
- % Unvbox the main output page.
- \unvbox255
- \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
- }}%
+ \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+ % Unvbox the main output page.
+ \unvbox\PAGE
+ \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+ }%
+ }%
\eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
%
% Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
%
% Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
% since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
- \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
\vsize = 2\vsize
}
% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
% the last.
-%
+%
\def\doublecolumnout{%
\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
% Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
% previous page.
\dimen@ = \vsize
\divide\dimen@ by 2
+ \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
%
% box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
\setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
\unvbox255
\penalty\outputpenalty
}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
\def\pagesofar{%
- % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
- % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
- \advance\vsize by \ht\partialpage
\unvbox\partialpage
%
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
\wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
\hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
\def\enddoublecolumns{%
\output = {%
% Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
% \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
\pagegoal = \vsize
}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
\def\balancecolumns{%
- % Called at the end of the double column material.
\setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
\dimen@ = \ht0
\advance\dimen@ by \topskip
\message{sectioning,}
-% Define chapters, sections, etc.
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
\newcount\chapno
\newcount\secno \secno=0
% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
-\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+\def\appendixletter{%
+ \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+ % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+ % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
+ % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+ % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+ \else\char\the\appendixno
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
\newwrite\tocfile
% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
% Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the
% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro.
-%
+%
% We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other
% given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere.
-%
+%
\newif\iftocfileopened
\def\writetocentry#1{%
\iftocfileopened\else
% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
% to \tocfile.
-%
+%
\def\startcontents#1{%
% If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
% start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
% Normal (long) toc.
\def\contents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}%
+ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
\openin 1 \jobname.toc
\ifeof 1 \else
\closein 1
\input \jobname.toc
\fi
\vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \pdfmakeoutlines
\endgroup
\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
\pageno = \savepageno
% And just the chapters.
\def\summarycontents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}%
+ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
%
\let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
\let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
\input \jobname.toc
\fi
\vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
\endgroup
\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
\pageno = \savepageno
}
\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+\ifpdf
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+\fi
+
% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
% The last argument is the page number.
% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings
\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}%
+ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}%
}
% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix }
-\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0
-
+%
+\newdimen\shortappendixwidth
+%
\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+ % Compute width of word "Appendix", may change with language.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix}%
+ \shortappendixwidth = \wd0
+ %
% We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of
% #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned.
\setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
}
\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}}
-\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}}
+\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#2\egroup}}
% Sections.
\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
\penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
\begingroup
\chapentryfonts
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup
\nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
}
\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
-%
+%
% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep
% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
% redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the
% definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or
% whatever) command.
-%
+%
% This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an
% @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway.
%
\def\smalllispx{\begingroup
\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \indexfonts
+ \smallfonts
\lisp
}
%
\def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup
\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \indexfonts \rm
+ \smallfonts \rm
\display
}
%
\def\smallformatx{\begingroup
\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \indexfonts \rm
+ \smallfonts \rm
\format
}
\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
% @flushright.
-%
+%
\def\flushright{\begingroup
\let\nonarrowing = t
\nonfillstart
\gobble
}
+
% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
% and narrows the margins.
%
}
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too
+\def\dospecials{%
+ \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabeightspaces
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabexpand{%
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+ \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+ \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+ \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+ \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+ \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+ }%
+ }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+ % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \tt
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabexpand
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+ \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+ \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
+%% \begingroup
+%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
+%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
+%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
+%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
+%% |endgroup
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+ \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\verbatiminclude{%
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\\=12
+ \catcode`~=12
+ \catcode`^=12
+ \catcode`_=12
+ \catcode`|=12
+ \catcode`<=12
+ \catcode`>=12
+ \catcode`+=12
+ \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
+}
+\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
+ \begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\setupverbatim
+}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+ % Restore active chars for included file.
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
+ \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup
+}
+
+
\message{defuns,}
-% Define formatter for defuns
-% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
+% @defun etc.
+
+% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ]
\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
-\def\ampnr{\&}
+\let\ampnr = \&
\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
+% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined.
+{
+ \catcode`& = 13
+ \global\let& = \ampnr
+}
+
% First, defname, which formats the header line itself.
% #1 should be the function name.
% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function".
% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
-%
+%
\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
\medbreak %
% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}}
-% @deftypemethod has an extra argument that nothing else does. Sigh.
+% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar.
% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
-% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
+% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name.
% #5 is the method's return type.
+%
+\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV
+ \medbreak
+ \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
+ \parindent=0in
+ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}}
+
+% Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an
+% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it
+% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have
+% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the
+% input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for
+% the \E... definition to assign the category name to.
%
-\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}}
+\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {\begingroup\inENV
+ \medbreak
+ \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {%
+ \def#4{##1}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \parindent=0in
+ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}}
\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
\medbreak %
% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun
% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
-\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl
+\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl
% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-\hyphenchar\tensl=0
+% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro.
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}%
#1%
-\hyphenchar\tensl=45
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}%
\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
\interlinepenalty=10000
\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}%
\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
}
% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}%
\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
}
\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}%
\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
}
\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}%
\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
}
-% This definition is run if you use @defunx
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
-
-\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
-\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
-\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypemethodx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
-
-% @defmethod, and so on
-
% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
-
+%
\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
-
-\def\defopheader #1#2#3{%
+%
+\def\defopheader#1#2#3{%
\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}%
\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
}
-% @deftypemethod CLASS RETURN-TYPE METHOD ARG...
+% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}%
+ \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader
+ \deftypeopcategory}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
+ {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}%
+ \deftypefunargs{#4}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG...
%
\def\deftypemethod{%
\deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
\endgroup
}
+% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME
+%
+\def\deftypeivar{%
+ \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name.
+\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
+ {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
% @defmethod == @defop Method
%
\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}%
+\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}%
\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
}
-% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable}
-
+% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME
+%
\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
-
-\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}%
-\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
+%
+\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% entry in var index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
}
-% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc.,
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc.
-
-\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
-\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
-\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
-
-% Now @defvar
-
+% @defvar
% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}%
\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
}
\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}%
\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
}
% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}%
\interlinepenalty=10000
\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
\endgroup}
\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
\endgroup}
-% This definition is run if you use @defvarx
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx.
-
-\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
-\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
-\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
-
% Now define @deftp
% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
-% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc.
-
-\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
+% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.)
+% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
+%
+\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
+\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
+\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
+\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
+\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
+\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
\message{macros,}
% @macro.
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
\newwrite\macscribble
\def\scanmacro#1{%
\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
+ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+ \toks0={#1\endinput}%
\immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
- \immediate\write\macscribble{#1}%
+ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
\immediate\closeout\macscribble
\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
\input \jobname.tmp
\else
\def\scanmacro#1{%
\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
-\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1}\endgroup}
+% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
+\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
\fi
\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
\newtoks\macname % Macro name
\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
+\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
+ % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
% Utility routines.
% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
\def\macrobodyctxt{%
\catcode`\\=12}
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
% where N is the macro parameter number.
% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
\ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
\paramno=0%
\else
- \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+ \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
\fi
- \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
- \else
+ \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
\message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+ \else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi
+ \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+ % Add the macroname to \macrolist
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
+ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
\fi
\begingroup \macrobodyctxt
\ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
- \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+ \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
\fi}
\def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx}
\def\unmacroxxx#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \errmessage{Macro \the\macname\ not defined.}%
+ \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+ \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+ \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist
+ \begingroup
+ \edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}%
+ \def\do##1{%
+ \def\tempb{##1}%
+ \ifx\tempa\tempb
+ % remove this
+ \else
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}%
+ \edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}%
+ \fi}%
+ \def\newmacrolist{}%
+ % Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist
+ \macrolist
+ \global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist
+ \endgroup
\else
- \cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
- \expandafter\let \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \undefined
+ \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
\fi
}
\or % 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
\else % many
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}
+ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\xdef
\expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
\paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
\fi
\else
\or % 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
\egroup
\noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
\else % many
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\xdef
\expandafter\expandafter
\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
\ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
- \expandafter\parsearg
+ \expandafter\parsearg
\fi \next}
+% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
+% expanded by \write.
+\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
+ \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces
+\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}%
+\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
\message{cross references,}
+% @xref etc.
+
\newwrite\auxfile
\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\def\anchor#1{\setref{#1}{Ynothing}}
-
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely
% NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have
% to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title
% aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the
% first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do.
-%
+%
\def\setref#1#2{{%
\indexdummies
+ \pdfmkdest{#1}%
\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
- \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}
+ \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}%
}}
% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
\def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
\def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
\setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
% are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
% is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
% is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ \ifpdf
+ \leavevmode
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}%
+ \else
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto name{#1@}%
+ \fi
+ \linkcolor
+ \fi
+ %
\ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
\else
% _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
% control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
\ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
}%
- % [mynode],
+ % [mynode],
[\printednodename],\space
% page 3
\turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
\fi
+ \endlink
\endgroup}
% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
% and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.)
\def\dosetq#1#2{%
- {\let\folio=0
+ {\let\folio=0%
\normalturnoffactive
\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
\iflinks
}
% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
-%
+%
\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup
% Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument.
\catcode`\\ = 0
\xspaceskip\z@skip
\parindent\defaultparindent
%
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ %
% Hang the footnote text off the number.
\hang
\textindent{\thisfootno}%
\else\let\next\f@t\fi \next}
\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot}
-\def\@foot{\strut\egroup}
+\def\@foot{\strut\par\egroup}
}%end \catcode `\@=11
% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
+%
% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
% undone and the next image would fail.
\input epsf.tex
\fi
%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
- it from ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+ it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
%
-% Only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
\def\image#1{%
\ifx\epsfbox\undefined
\ifwarnednoepsf \else
% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
% #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- % If the image is by itself, center it.
- \ifvmode
- \nobreak\medskip
- \nobreak
- \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}%
- \bigbreak
+ \ifpdf
+ \centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+ \else
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+ % If the image is by itself, center it.
+ \ifvmode
+ \nobreak\bigskip
+ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+ % above and below.
+ \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+ \nobreak
+ \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}%
+ \bigbreak
+ \else
+ % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space.
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+\message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage}
+\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{%
+ \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+ % Read the file if it exists.
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof1
+ \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+ \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+ \let\temp = \relax
\else
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
\fi
+ \temp
+ \endgroup
}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
-\message{paper sizes,}
-% And other related parameters.
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. We
-% call this whenever the paper size is set.
+% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
%
\def\setemergencystretch{%
\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
% Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
\def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
\else
- \emergencystretch = \hsize
- \divide\emergencystretch by 45
+ \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
\fi
}
% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
\def\afourwide{%
\afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ \internalpagesizes{6.5in}{9.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
%
\globaldefs = 0
}
% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
+%
\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
}}
% Set default to letter.
-%
+%
\letterpaper
+
\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
\catcode`\<=\other
\catcode`\>=\other
\catcode`\+=\other
+\catcode`\$=\other
\def\normaldoublequote{"}
\def\normaltilde{~}
\def\normalcaret{^}
\def\normalless{<}
\def\normalgreater{>}
\def\normalplus{+}
+\def\normaldollar{$}
% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
% Turn off all special characters except @
% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
\catcode`\+=\active
\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}
%\catcode 27=\active
%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$}
% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-\escapechar=`\@
-
% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q
\catcode`\\=\active
@let|=@normalverticalbar
@let<=@normalless
@let>=@normalgreater
-@let+=@normalplus}
+@let+=@normalplus
+@let$=@normaldollar}
@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
@let\=@normalbackslash
@let|=@normalverticalbar
@let<=@normalless
@let>=@normalgreater
-@let+=@normalplus}
+@let+=@normalplus
+@let$=@normaldollar}
% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
%
-@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
- @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active}
+@gdef@fixbackslash{%
+ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+ @catcode`+=@active
+ @catcode`@_=@active
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below
-% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10
-@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+@catcode`@& = @other
+@catcode`@# = @other
+@catcode`@% = @other
+@c Set initial fonts.
@textfonts
@rm
+
@c Local variables:
@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
@c time-stamp-end: "}"
@c End:
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
-\def\texinfoversion{1999-01-05}%
+\def\texinfoversion{2000-12-12.07}
%
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
%
% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/texinfo.tex
-% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
+% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex
% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
-% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-% ftp://ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
-% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@ctan.org for a list).
-% The texinfo.tex in the texinfo distribution itself could well be out
+% ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+% ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@us.ctan.org for a list).
+% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
+% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.
-% Please include a precise test case in each bug report,
-% including a complete document with which we can reproduce the problem.
-%
+% Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For simple
-% manuals, however, you can get away with:
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
% tex foo.texi
% texindex foo.??
% tex foo.texi
% tex foo.texi
-% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file.
+% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps.
% The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct.
% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages. You can get
+% the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/.
\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
-
\let\ptexb=\b
\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
\let\ptexc=\c
% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
\let\+ = \relax
-
\message{Basics,}
\chardef\other=12
\newlinechar = `^^J
% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined \gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi
% Ignore a token.
%
% For @cropmarks command.
% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
-%
+%
\newif\ifcropmarks
\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
%
\normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
% the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
\shipout\vbox{%
+ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
+ %
\ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
\hsize = \outerhsize
\vskip-\topandbottommargin
%}}
\def\needx#1{%
- % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+ % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
% paragraph.
\par
%
- % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page
- % break, since the best break might be right here.
- \allowbreak
- \nointerlineskip
- \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}%
- %
- % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
- % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
- % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
- % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
- % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
- %
- % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
- % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
- % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
- % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
- % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
- % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
- % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
- \penalty9999
- %
- % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
- \kern -#1\mil
- %
- % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
- \nobreak
+ % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+ \dimen0 = #1\mil
+ \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+ \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+ \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+ %
+ % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
+ % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
+ % And a page break here is fine.
+ \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
+ %
+ % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+ % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
+ % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+ % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+ % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
+ %
+ % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+ % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+ % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+ % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+ % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
+ % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+ % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+ \penalty9999
+ %
+ % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+ \kern -#1\mil
+ %
+ % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
}
% @br forces paragraph break
}
% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
+%
\def\enddots{%
\leavevmode
\hbox to 2em{%
\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph.
-
-\def\inmargin#1{%
-\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth
- \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss
- \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}}
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-
-%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+ \nobreak
+ \kern-\strutdepth
+ \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+ \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+ \vss
+ % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+ % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+ \ifx#1l%
+ \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+ \else
+ \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+ \fi
+ \null
+ }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
+ \def\righttext{#2}%
+ \else
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
+ \def\righttext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno
+ \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+}
% @include file insert text of that file as input.
% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
\let\c=\comment
-% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only.
-\let\paragraphindent=\comment
-
-% Prevent errors for section commands.
-% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
-\def\ignoresections{%
-\let\chapter=\relax
-\let\unnumbered=\relax
-\let\top=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\section=\relax
-\let\subsec=\relax
-\let\subsubsec=\relax
-\let\subsection=\relax
-\let\subsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendix=\relax
-\let\appendixsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\contents=\relax
-\let\smallbook=\relax
-\let\titlepage=\relax
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent}
+\def\doparagraphindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \defaultparindent = 0pt
+ \else
+ \defaultparindent = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
}
-% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
-% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
-% incorrectly.
-%
-\def\ignoremorecommands{%
- \let\defcodeindex = \relax
- \let\defcv = \relax
- \let\deffn = \relax
- \let\deffnx = \relax
- \let\defindex = \relax
- \let\defivar = \relax
- \let\defmac = \relax
- \let\defmethod = \relax
- \let\defop = \relax
- \let\defopt = \relax
- \let\defspec = \relax
- \let\deftp = \relax
- \let\deftypefn = \relax
- \let\deftypefun = \relax
- \let\deftypevar = \relax
- \let\deftypevr = \relax
- \let\defun = \relax
- \let\defvar = \relax
- \let\defvr = \relax
- \let\ref = \relax
- \let\xref = \relax
- \let\printindex = \relax
- \let\pxref = \relax
- \let\settitle = \relax
- \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
- \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
- \let\everyheading = \relax
- \let\evenheading = \relax
- \let\oddheading = \relax
- \let\everyfooting = \relax
- \let\evenfooting = \relax
- \let\oddfooting = \relax
- \let\headings = \relax
- \let\include = \relax
- \let\lowersections = \relax
- \let\down = \relax
- \let\raisesections = \relax
- \let\up = \relax
- \let\set = \relax
- \let\clear = \relax
- \let\item = \relax
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent}
+\def\doexampleindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+ \else
+ \lispnarrowing = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
}
-% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
+% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
%
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\asis#1{#1}
-% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
+% @math means output in math mode.
+% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
+% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then,
+% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
+% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a
+% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
%
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
+% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
+%
+\let\implicitmath = $
+\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory = \comment
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
+\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
%
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
- \ignoresections
- %
- % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
- % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
- % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match.
- \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
- %
- % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
- \catcode32 = 10
- %
- % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
- \catcode`\{ = 9
- \catcode`\} = 9
- %
- % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
- \catcode`\@ = 12
- %
- % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
- % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
- % @c @end ifinfo
- % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
- % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
- \catcode`\c = 14
- %
- % And now expand that command.
- \doignoretext
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+ \iflinks
+ \readauxfile
+ \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+ \openindices
+ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+ \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+ %
+ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+ % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
+ \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
+ \closein1
+ \temp
+ %
+ \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
}
-% What we do to finish off ignored text.
+% Called from \setfilename.
%
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+\def\openindices{%
+ \newindex{cp}%
+ \newcodeindex{fn}%
+ \newcodeindex{vr}%
+ \newcodeindex{tp}%
+ \newcodeindex{ky}%
+ \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
-\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
-\def\obstexwarn{%
- \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
- % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
- % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
- \immediate\write16{}
- \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
- \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
- \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
- \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
- \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
- \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
- \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
- \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
- \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.}
- \immediate\write16{}
- \global\warnedobstrue
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+ \pdffalse
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\linkcolor = \relax
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\else
+ \pdftrue
+ \pdfoutput = 1
+ \input pdfcolor
+ \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\imagewidth{#2}%
+ \def\imageheight{#3}%
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \pdfimage
+ \else
+ \pdfximage
\fi
-}
-
-% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a
-% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
-% uncomment the following line:
-%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
-
-% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
-% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
-%
-\def\nestedignore#1{%
- \obstexwarn
- % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
- % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the
- % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize
- % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
- % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
- %
- \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
- \ignoresections
- %
- % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
- % @end command again.
- \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
- %
- % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no
- % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
- % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
- % undefine them.
- %
- % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
- % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
- \ignoremorecommands
- %
- % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
- % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use
- % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
- % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still
- % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
- % stuff compared to the main input.
- %
- \nullfont
- \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont
- \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont
- \let\tensf = \nullfont
- % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in
- % smallexample)
- \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont
- \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont
- \let\indsf = \nullfont
- %
- % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
- \tracinglostchars = 0
- %
- % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
- \frenchspacing
- %
- % Don't report underfull hboxes.
- \hbadness = 10000
- %
- % Do minimal line-breaking.
- \pretolerance = 10000
- %
- % Do not execute instructions in @tex
- \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
- % Do not execute macro definitions.
- % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
- \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
-}
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
-% losing inside @example, for instance.
-%
-\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
- \parsearg\setxxx}
-\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
- \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
- \fi
- \endgroup
-}
-% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
-% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
-% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
-\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
-\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-%
-{
- \catcode`\_ = \active
- %
- % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
- % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any
- % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
- \gdef\value{\begingroup
- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12
- \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
- \valuexxx}
-}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones
-% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
-% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result
-% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value
-% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail
-% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a
-% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- {[No value for ``#1'']}%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
-\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifsetfail
- \else
- \expandafter\ifsetsucceed
- \fi
-}
-\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
-\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
-\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifclearsucceed
- \else
- \expandafter\ifclearfail
- \fi
-}
-\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text
-% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex'
-% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
-%
-\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
-\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
-\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
-\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
-
-% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
-% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
-% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must
-% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't
-% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
-% the @ifset might be nested.)
-%
-\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
- \edef\temp{%
- % Remember the current value of \E#1.
- \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
- %
- % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
- \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
- }%
- \temp
-}
-
-% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
-% control sequences after we've constructed them.
-%
-\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math means output in math mode.
-% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
-% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then,
-% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
-% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a
-% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
-%
-% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
-% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
-%
-\let\implicitmath = $
-\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
-
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
-\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
- \iflinks
- \readauxfile
- \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
- \openindices
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
- %
- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
- % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
- \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
- \closein1
- \temp
- %
- \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
- \newindex{cp}%
- \newcodeindex{fn}%
- \newcodeindex{vr}%
- \newcodeindex{tp}%
- \newcodeindex{ky}%
- \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+ \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+ {#1.pdf}%
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+ \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+ \fi}
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1@} xyz}
+ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@}
+ \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
+ \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+ % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+ % come from Petr Olsak
+ \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+ \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+ \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+ \advance\tempnum by1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1\else\bgroup
+ \closein 1
+ \indexnofonts
+ \def\tt{}
+ \let\_ = \normalunderscore
+ % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
+ \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
+ \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
+ %
+ \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{}
+ \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{}
+ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}}
+ \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
+ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}}
+ \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
+ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}}
+ \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}}
+ \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}}
+ \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}}
+ \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}}
+ \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \egroup\fi
+ }}
+ \def\makelinks #1,{%
+ \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
+ \ifx\params\E
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
+ \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
+ \picknum{#1}%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
+ \linkcolor #1%
+ \advance\lnkcount by 1%
+ \endlink
+ \fi
+ \nextmakelinks
+ }
+ \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
+ \def\pn#1{%
+ \def\p{#1}%
+ \ifx\p\lbrace
+ \let\nextpn=\ppn
+ \else
+ \let\nextpn=\ppnn
+ \def\first{#1}
+ \fi
+ \nextpn
+ }
+ \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
+ \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
+ \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+ \else
+ \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
+ \leavevmode\Red
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+ % #1
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}}
+ \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+ \def\mkpgn#1{#1@}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
\message{fonts,}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
-% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt).
-% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic,
-% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that.
-% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they
-% aren't very useful.
-\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\ninettsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\indit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\indsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\let\indtt=\ninett
-\let\indttsl=\ninettsl
-\let\indsf=\indrm
-\let\indbf=\indrm
-\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\font\indi=cmmi9
-\font\indsy=cmsy9
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
% Fonts for title page:
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
\let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
\resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
-\def\indexfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl
- \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc
- \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}}
+\def\smallfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
+ \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}}
% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
%
}
\let\ttfont=\t
\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\font\keysy=cmsy9
+\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
\vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
\hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
\let\env=\code
\let\command=\code
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional second argument
-% specifying the text to display. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-% Perhaps eventually put in a hypertex \special here.
-%
-\def\uref#1{\urefxxx #1,,\finish}
-\def\urefxxx#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})%
+ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
\else
- \code{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \ifpdf
+ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ \else
+ \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+ \fi
\fi
-}
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
-% rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref.
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\let\email=\uref
-
+\ifpdf
+ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+ \endlink
+ \endgroup}
+\else
+ \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
+%
\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
\let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
\global\let\shortcontents = \relax
\fi
%
+ \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+ %
\HEADINGSon
}
}
% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
-\def\today{\number\day\space
-\ifcase\month\or
-January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-\space\number\year}
-
-% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output.
-%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
-%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-%\space\number\day, \number\year}
-
-% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings
-% It generates no output of its own
-
-\def\thistitle{No Title}
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+ \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+ \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+ \fi
+ \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
\itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
\else
% The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
- % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+ % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
\noindent
% Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
% the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
\multitablelinespace=0pt
% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
+%
\let\endsetuptable\relax
\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
\let\columnfractions\relax
\go
}
-% multitable syntax
-\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96
- % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is
- % maintained, even if it is never used.
+% This used to have \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template line is
+% not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until we
+% encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
+% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+\def\tab{&}
% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
%
% In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
% we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
% the first one.
- %
+ %
% If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
% to the width of each template entry.
- %
+ %
% If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
% use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
% will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
% left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
- %
+ %
% Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
\rightskip=0pt
\ifnum\colcount=1
\noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
}
-\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
-% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
-% current baselineskip.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
-%% to keep lines equally spaced
-\let\multistrut = \strut
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\else
-\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
-width0pt\relax} \fi
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
+\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
+% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
+% current baselineskip.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
+%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
+%% to keep lines equally spaced
+\let\multistrut = \strut
+\else
+%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
+\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
+width0pt\relax} \fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+% Prevent errors for section commands.
+% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
+\def\ignoresections{%
+ \let\chapter=\relax
+ \let\unnumbered=\relax
+ \let\top=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
+ \let\section=\relax
+ \let\subsec=\relax
+ \let\subsubsec=\relax
+ \let\subsection=\relax
+ \let\subsubsection=\relax
+ \let\appendix=\relax
+ \let\appendixsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
+ \let\contents=\relax
+ \let\smallbook=\relax
+ \let\titlepage=\relax
+}
+
+% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
+% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
+% incorrectly.
+%
+\def\ignoremorecommands{%
+ \let\defcodeindex = \relax
+ \let\defcv = \relax
+ \let\deffn = \relax
+ \let\deffnx = \relax
+ \let\defindex = \relax
+ \let\defivar = \relax
+ \let\defmac = \relax
+ \let\defmethod = \relax
+ \let\defop = \relax
+ \let\defopt = \relax
+ \let\defspec = \relax
+ \let\deftp = \relax
+ \let\deftypefn = \relax
+ \let\deftypefun = \relax
+ \let\deftypeivar = \relax
+ \let\deftypeop = \relax
+ \let\deftypevar = \relax
+ \let\deftypevr = \relax
+ \let\defun = \relax
+ \let\defvar = \relax
+ \let\defvr = \relax
+ \let\ref = \relax
+ \let\xref = \relax
+ \let\printindex = \relax
+ \let\pxref = \relax
+ \let\settitle = \relax
+ \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
+ \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
+ \let\everyheading = \relax
+ \let\evenheading = \relax
+ \let\oddheading = \relax
+ \let\everyfooting = \relax
+ \let\evenfooting = \relax
+ \let\oddfooting = \relax
+ \let\headings = \relax
+ \let\include = \relax
+ \let\lowersections = \relax
+ \let\down = \relax
+ \let\raisesections = \relax
+ \let\up = \relax
+ \let\set = \relax
+ \let\clear = \relax
+ \let\item = \relax
+}
+
+% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
+%
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+
+% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
+%
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory = \comment
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
+%
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+ % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+ \ignoresections
+ %
+ % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
+ % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
+ % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match.
+ \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
+ %
+ % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+ \catcode32 = 10
+ %
+ % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
+ \catcode`\{ = 9
+ \catcode`\} = 9
+ %
+ % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
+ \catcode`\@ = 12
+ %
+ % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
+ % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
+ % @c @end ifinfo
+ % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
+ % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
+ \catcode`\c = 14
+ %
+ % And now expand that command.
+ \doignoretext
+}
+
+% What we do to finish off ignored text.
+%
+\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+
+\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
+\def\obstexwarn{%
+ \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
+ % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
+ % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
+ \immediate\write16{}
+ \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
+ \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
+ \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
+ \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
+ \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
+ \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.}
+ \immediate\write16{}
+ \global\warnedobstrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a
+% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
+% uncomment the following line:
+%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
+
+% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
+% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
+%
+\def\nestedignore#1{%
+ \obstexwarn
+ % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
+ % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the
+ % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize
+ % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
+ % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
+ %
+ \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
+ % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+ \ignoresections
+ %
+ % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
+ % @end command again.
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
+ %
+ % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no
+ % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
+ % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
+ % undefine them.
+ %
+ % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
+ % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
+ \ignoremorecommands
+ %
+ % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
+ % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use
+ % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
+ % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still
+ % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
+ % stuff compared to the main input.
+ %
+ \nullfont
+ \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont
+ \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont
+ \let\tensf=\nullfont
+ % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample).
+ \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont
+ \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont
+ \let\smallsf=\nullfont
+ %
+ % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
+ \tracinglostchars = 0
+ %
+ % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
+ \frenchspacing
+ %
+ % Don't report underfull hboxes.
+ \hbadness = 10000
+ %
+ % Do minimal line-breaking.
+ \pretolerance = 10000
+ %
+ % Do not execute instructions in @tex
+ \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
+ % Do not execute macro definitions.
+ % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
+ \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
+}
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
+% losing inside @example, for instance.
+%
+\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
+ \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
+ \parsearg\setxxx}
+\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
+ \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
+% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
+% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
+\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
+\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ %
+ % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
+ % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any
+ % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
+ \gdef\value{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12
+ \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
+ \valuexxx}
+}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones
+% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
+% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result
+% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value
+% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail
+% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a
+% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
+\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifsetfail
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifsetsucceed
+ \fi
+}
+\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
+\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
+\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifclearsucceed
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifclearfail
+ \fi
+}
+\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text
+% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex'
+% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
+%
+\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
+\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
+\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
+\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
+
+% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
+% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
+% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must
+% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't
+% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
+% the @ifset might be nested.)
+%
+\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
+ \edef\temp{%
+ % Remember the current value of \E#1.
+ \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
+ %
+ % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
+ \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
+ }%
+ \temp
+}
+
+% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
+% control sequences after we've constructed them.
+%
+\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
\message{indexing,}
}
% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
-
+%
\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
\def\newcodeindex#1{%
\iflinks
\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
\fi
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}
+ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
}
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
- \noexpand\doindex{#2}}%
-}
-
+%
% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
% inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}%
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+ % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+ % closing the target index.
+ \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+ % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+ % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+ \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+ \fi
+ % redefine \fooindfile:
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+ % redefine \fooindex:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
}
% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char.
% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
-% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
\let\{ = \mylbrace
\let\} = \myrbrace
\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
\let\value = \expandablevalue
%
\unsepspaces
+% Turn off macro expansion
+\turnoffmacros
}
% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
\let\url=\indexdummyfont
\let\uref=\indexdummyfont
\let\env=\indexdummyfont
+\let\acronym=\indexdummyfont
\let\command=\indexdummyfont
\let\option=\indexdummyfont
\let\file=\indexdummyfont
\def\emptymacro{\empty}
% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-%
+%
\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty}
% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception
% is with defuns, which call us directly.
-%
+%
\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
% Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
\ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
\def\subentry{ #3}%
\fi
%
- % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off
- % to get the string to sort by.
+ % First process the index entry with all font commands turned
+ % off to get the string to sort by.
{\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}%
%
- % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the
- % original text, including any font commands.
+ % Now the real index entry with the fonts.
\toks0 = {#2}%
+ %
+ % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
+ % string. And include a space.
+ \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key
+ % and the original text, including any font commands. We write
+ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file, texindex reduces to
+ % two when writing the .??s sorted result.
\edef\temp{%
\write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
\realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
}%
%
- % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index string.
- \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
- \toks0 = {#3}%
- \edef\temp{\temp{\the\toks0}}%
- \fi
- %
% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
% the previous defun.
- %
+ %
% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
- %
+ %
% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
- %
+ %
\iflinks
\ifvmode
\skip0 = \lastskip
%
\temp % do the write
%
- %
+ %
\ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
\fi
}%
\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
\dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
%
- \indexfonts \rm
+ \smallfonts \rm
\tolerance = 9500
\indexbreaks
%
% and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
% index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
% there is some text.
- (Index is nonexistent)
+ \putwordIndexNonexistent
\else
%
% If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
% it can discover if there is anything in it.
\read 1 to \temp
\ifeof 1
- (Index is empty)
+ \putwordIndexIsEmpty
\else
% Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
% character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
%
% Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
\removelastskip
- %
+ %
% We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
\penalty -300
%
% baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
% to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
% we need before each entry, but it's better.
- %
+ %
% No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
\vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
\leftline{\secbf #1}%
% The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
% part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
% \hbox ensues.
- \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \fi
\fi%
\par
\endgroup}
\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
% Grab any single-column material above us.
- \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
- %
+ \output = {%
+ %
% Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
% whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
% routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
% essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
- % that case, we must prevent the second \partialpage from
- % simply overwriting the first, causing us to lose the page.
- % This will preserve it until a real output routine can ship it
- % out. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this runs and
- % this will be a no-op.
- \unvbox\partialpage
+ % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+ % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+ % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
+ \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+ \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+ \fi
%
- % Unvbox the main output page.
- \unvbox255
- \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
- }}%
+ \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+ % Unvbox the main output page.
+ \unvbox\PAGE
+ \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+ }%
+ }%
\eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
%
% Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
%
% Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
% since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
- \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
\vsize = 2\vsize
}
% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
% the last.
-%
+%
\def\doublecolumnout{%
\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
% Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
% previous page.
\dimen@ = \vsize
\divide\dimen@ by 2
+ \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
%
% box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
\setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
\unvbox255
\penalty\outputpenalty
}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
\def\pagesofar{%
- % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
- % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
- \advance\vsize by \ht\partialpage
\unvbox\partialpage
%
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
\wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
\hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
\def\enddoublecolumns{%
\output = {%
% Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
% \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
\pagegoal = \vsize
}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
\def\balancecolumns{%
- % Called at the end of the double column material.
\setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
\dimen@ = \ht0
\advance\dimen@ by \topskip
\message{sectioning,}
-% Define chapters, sections, etc.
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
\newcount\chapno
\newcount\secno \secno=0
% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
-\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+\def\appendixletter{%
+ \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+ % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+ % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
+ % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+ % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+ \else\char\the\appendixno
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
\newwrite\tocfile
% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
% Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the
% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro.
-%
+%
% We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other
% given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere.
-%
+%
\newif\iftocfileopened
\def\writetocentry#1{%
\iftocfileopened\else
% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
% to \tocfile.
-%
+%
\def\startcontents#1{%
% If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
% start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
% Normal (long) toc.
\def\contents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}%
+ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
\openin 1 \jobname.toc
\ifeof 1 \else
\closein 1
\input \jobname.toc
\fi
\vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \pdfmakeoutlines
\endgroup
\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
\pageno = \savepageno
% And just the chapters.
\def\summarycontents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}%
+ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
%
\let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
\let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
\input \jobname.toc
\fi
\vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
\endgroup
\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
\pageno = \savepageno
}
\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+\ifpdf
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+\fi
+
% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
% The last argument is the page number.
% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings
\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}%
+ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}%
}
% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix }
-\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0
-
+%
+\newdimen\shortappendixwidth
+%
\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+ % Compute width of word "Appendix", may change with language.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix}%
+ \shortappendixwidth = \wd0
+ %
% We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of
% #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned.
\setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
}
\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}}
-\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}}
+\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#2\egroup}}
% Sections.
\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
\penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
\begingroup
\chapentryfonts
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup
\nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
}
\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
-%
+%
% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep
% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
% redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the
% definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or
% whatever) command.
-%
+%
% This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an
% @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway.
%
\def\smalllispx{\begingroup
\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \indexfonts
+ \smallfonts
\lisp
}
%
\def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup
\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \indexfonts \rm
+ \smallfonts \rm
\display
}
%
\def\smallformatx{\begingroup
\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \indexfonts \rm
+ \smallfonts \rm
\format
}
\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
% @flushright.
-%
+%
\def\flushright{\begingroup
\let\nonarrowing = t
\nonfillstart
\gobble
}
+
% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
% and narrows the margins.
%
}
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too
+\def\dospecials{%
+ \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabeightspaces
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabexpand{%
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+ \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+ \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+ \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+ \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+ \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+ }%
+ }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+ % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \tt
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabexpand
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+ \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+ \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
+%% \begingroup
+%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
+%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
+%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
+%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
+%% |endgroup
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+ \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\verbatiminclude{%
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\\=12
+ \catcode`~=12
+ \catcode`^=12
+ \catcode`_=12
+ \catcode`|=12
+ \catcode`<=12
+ \catcode`>=12
+ \catcode`+=12
+ \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
+}
+\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
+ \begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\setupverbatim
+}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+ % Restore active chars for included file.
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
+ \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup
+}
+
+
\message{defuns,}
-% Define formatter for defuns
-% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
+% @defun etc.
+
+% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ]
\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
-\def\ampnr{\&}
+\let\ampnr = \&
\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
+% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined.
+{
+ \catcode`& = 13
+ \global\let& = \ampnr
+}
+
% First, defname, which formats the header line itself.
% #1 should be the function name.
% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function".
% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
-%
+%
\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
\medbreak %
% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}}
-% @deftypemethod has an extra argument that nothing else does. Sigh.
+% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar.
% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
-% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
+% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name.
% #5 is the method's return type.
+%
+\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV
+ \medbreak
+ \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
+ \parindent=0in
+ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}}
+
+% Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an
+% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it
+% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have
+% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the
+% input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for
+% the \E... definition to assign the category name to.
%
-\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}}
+\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {\begingroup\inENV
+ \medbreak
+ \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {%
+ \def#4{##1}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \parindent=0in
+ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}}
\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
\medbreak %
% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun
% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
-\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl
+\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl
% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-\hyphenchar\tensl=0
+% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro.
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}%
#1%
-\hyphenchar\tensl=45
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}%
\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
\interlinepenalty=10000
\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}%
\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
}
% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}%
\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
}
\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}%
\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
}
\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}%
\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
}
-% This definition is run if you use @defunx
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
-
-\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
-\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
-\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypemethodx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
-
-% @defmethod, and so on
-
% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
-
+%
\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
-
-\def\defopheader #1#2#3{%
+%
+\def\defopheader#1#2#3{%
\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}%
\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
}
-% @deftypemethod CLASS RETURN-TYPE METHOD ARG...
+% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}%
+ \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader
+ \deftypeopcategory}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
+ {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}%
+ \deftypefunargs{#4}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG...
%
\def\deftypemethod{%
\deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
\endgroup
}
+% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME
+%
+\def\deftypeivar{%
+ \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name.
+\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
+ {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
% @defmethod == @defop Method
%
\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}%
+\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}%
\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
}
-% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable}
-
+% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME
+%
\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
-
-\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}%
-\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
+%
+\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% entry in var index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
}
-% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc.,
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc.
-
-\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
-\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
-\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
-
-% Now @defvar
-
+% @defvar
% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}%
\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
}
\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}%
\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
}
% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}%
\interlinepenalty=10000
\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
\endgroup}
\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
\endgroup}
-% This definition is run if you use @defvarx
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx.
-
-\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
-\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
-\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
-
% Now define @deftp
% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
-% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc.
-
-\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
+% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.)
+% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
+%
+\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
+\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
+\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
+\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
+\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
+\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
\message{macros,}
% @macro.
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
\newwrite\macscribble
\def\scanmacro#1{%
\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
+ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+ \toks0={#1\endinput}%
\immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
- \immediate\write\macscribble{#1}%
+ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
\immediate\closeout\macscribble
\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
\input \jobname.tmp
\else
\def\scanmacro#1{%
\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
-\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1}\endgroup}
+% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
+\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
\fi
\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
\newtoks\macname % Macro name
\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
+\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
+ % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
% Utility routines.
% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
\def\macrobodyctxt{%
\catcode`\\=12}
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
% where N is the macro parameter number.
% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
\ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
\paramno=0%
\else
- \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+ \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
\fi
- \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
- \else
+ \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
\message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+ \else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi
+ \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+ % Add the macroname to \macrolist
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
+ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
\fi
\begingroup \macrobodyctxt
\ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
- \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+ \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
\fi}
\def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx}
\def\unmacroxxx#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \errmessage{Macro \the\macname\ not defined.}%
+ \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+ \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+ \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist
+ \begingroup
+ \edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}%
+ \def\do##1{%
+ \def\tempb{##1}%
+ \ifx\tempa\tempb
+ % remove this
+ \else
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}%
+ \edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}%
+ \fi}%
+ \def\newmacrolist{}%
+ % Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist
+ \macrolist
+ \global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist
+ \endgroup
\else
- \cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
- \expandafter\let \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \undefined
+ \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
\fi
}
\or % 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
\else % many
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}
+ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\xdef
\expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
\paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
\fi
\else
\or % 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
\egroup
\noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
\else % many
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\xdef
\expandafter\expandafter
\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
\ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
- \expandafter\parsearg
+ \expandafter\parsearg
\fi \next}
+% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
+% expanded by \write.
+\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
+ \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces
+\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}%
+\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
\message{cross references,}
+% @xref etc.
+
\newwrite\auxfile
\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\def\anchor#1{\setref{#1}{Ynothing}}
-
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely
% NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have
% to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title
% aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the
% first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do.
-%
+%
\def\setref#1#2{{%
\indexdummies
+ \pdfmkdest{#1}%
\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
- \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}
+ \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}%
}}
% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
\def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
\def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
\setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
% are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
% is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
% is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ \ifpdf
+ \leavevmode
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}%
+ \else
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto name{#1@}%
+ \fi
+ \linkcolor
+ \fi
+ %
\ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
\else
% _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
% control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
\ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
}%
- % [mynode],
+ % [mynode],
[\printednodename],\space
% page 3
\turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
\fi
+ \endlink
\endgroup}
% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
% and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.)
\def\dosetq#1#2{%
- {\let\folio=0
+ {\let\folio=0%
\normalturnoffactive
\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
\iflinks
}
% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
-%
+%
\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup
% Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument.
\catcode`\\ = 0
\xspaceskip\z@skip
\parindent\defaultparindent
%
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ %
% Hang the footnote text off the number.
\hang
\textindent{\thisfootno}%
\else\let\next\f@t\fi \next}
\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot}
-\def\@foot{\strut\egroup}
+\def\@foot{\strut\par\egroup}
}%end \catcode `\@=11
% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
+%
% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
% undone and the next image would fail.
\input epsf.tex
\fi
%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
- it from ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+ it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
%
-% Only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
\def\image#1{%
\ifx\epsfbox\undefined
\ifwarnednoepsf \else
% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
% #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- % If the image is by itself, center it.
- \ifvmode
- \nobreak\medskip
- \nobreak
- \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}%
- \bigbreak
+ \ifpdf
+ \centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+ \else
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+ % If the image is by itself, center it.
+ \ifvmode
+ \nobreak\bigskip
+ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+ % above and below.
+ \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+ \nobreak
+ \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}%
+ \bigbreak
+ \else
+ % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space.
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+\message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage}
+\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{%
+ \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+ % Read the file if it exists.
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof1
+ \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+ \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+ \let\temp = \relax
\else
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
\fi
+ \temp
+ \endgroup
}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
-\message{paper sizes,}
-% And other related parameters.
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. We
-% call this whenever the paper size is set.
+% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
%
\def\setemergencystretch{%
\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
% Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
\def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
\else
- \emergencystretch = \hsize
- \divide\emergencystretch by 45
+ \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
\fi
}
% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
\def\afourwide{%
\afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ \internalpagesizes{6.5in}{9.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
%
\globaldefs = 0
}
% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
+%
\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
}}
% Set default to letter.
-%
+%
\letterpaper
+
\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
\catcode`\<=\other
\catcode`\>=\other
\catcode`\+=\other
+\catcode`\$=\other
\def\normaldoublequote{"}
\def\normaltilde{~}
\def\normalcaret{^}
\def\normalless{<}
\def\normalgreater{>}
\def\normalplus{+}
+\def\normaldollar{$}
% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
% Turn off all special characters except @
% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
\catcode`\+=\active
\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}
%\catcode 27=\active
%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$}
% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-\escapechar=`\@
-
% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q
\catcode`\\=\active
@let|=@normalverticalbar
@let<=@normalless
@let>=@normalgreater
-@let+=@normalplus}
+@let+=@normalplus
+@let$=@normaldollar}
@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
@let\=@normalbackslash
@let|=@normalverticalbar
@let<=@normalless
@let>=@normalgreater
-@let+=@normalplus}
+@let+=@normalplus
+@let$=@normaldollar}
% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
%
-@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
- @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active}
+@gdef@fixbackslash{%
+ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+ @catcode`+=@active
+ @catcode`@_=@active
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below
-% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10
-@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+@catcode`@& = @other
+@catcode`@# = @other
+@catcode`@% = @other
+@c Set initial fonts.
@textfonts
@rm
+
@c Local variables:
@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
@c time-stamp-end: "}"
@c End:
git://sourceware.org / automake.git / commitdiff